Scholia on Orestes 801–900

Or. 801.01 (801–802) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἐγὼ δι’ ἄστεός σε: οὐ φροντίσας τοῦ ὄχλου ὀχήσω σε διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως. —MBVCMnPrPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   With no concern about the mob, I will convey you through the middle of the city.

LEMMA: B, ὡς ἐγὼ δι’ ἄστεος VRb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CMnPrS; between sch. 796.02 and 795.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   ὀχήσω καὶ βαστάσω B    |    σε om. PrS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,11; Dind. II.206,20–21


Or. 801.02 (801–802) (pllgn wdord) α (ἐγὼ), β (οὐδὲν αἰσχυνθεὶς), γ (ὀχήσω), δ (δι’ ἄστεος), ε (φροντίζων)  —V3


Or. 801.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἐγὼ … ὄχλου⟩: ἵνα ἐγὼ διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως σμικρὰ, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδαμῶς, ἐπιστρεφόμενος τοῦ πλήθους  —X

TRANSLATION:  In order that I (may convey you) through the middle of the city, little—used for ‘not at all’—paying attention to the multitude.

COMMENT:   Note that X departs here from the correct interpretation of ὡς as ὅτι found in the other main Mosch. witnesses (sch. 801.05).   


Or. 801.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἵνα  —X

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —VAbMnPrSSaXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmTZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l., prep. to sch. 801.01 MnPr      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   


Or. 801.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δι’ ἄστεος⟩: διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2Aa2

LEMMA: thus in text all      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέσον Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,18


Or. 801.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δι’ ἄστεος⟩: διὰ μέσης  —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δι’ ἄστεος⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τῆς πόλεως  —F2Zu

LEMMA: thus in text both      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν διὰ om. F2   


Or. 801.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἄστεος⟩: τοῦ  —Ox

LEMMA: thus in text Ox      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨σμικρὰ φροντίζων ὄχλου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨οὐ⟩ φροντίζων {διὰ} τοῦ ὄχλου.  —M

TRANSLATION:  (‘Feeling little concern for the mob’) means ‘feeling no concern for the mob’.

REF. SYMBOL: M(at φροντίζων)      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ Schw., as if in M (see comment)   |    διὰ del. Münzel   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,13

COMMENT:   In M I see no trace of οὐ before φροντίζων. Possibly it has disappeared because of the repair here, but other letters extending into the area under the repair are visible (e.g., ζ(ων) in the line below ἀντ() τ(οῦ)). But οὐ needs to be supplied, because the only point of this ἀντὶ τοῦ paraphrase must lie in explaining σμικρὰ with οὐ. φροντίζων ὄχλου by itself presents no difficulty requiring paraphrase, except for a paraphrast’s usual tendency to supply a definite article.   


Or. 801.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σμικρὰ⟩: οὐδ’ ὅλως  —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨σμικρά⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδαμῶς  —M2Aa2RfXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, app. B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. M2Aa2RfGYB4   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,19


Or. 801.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σμικρά⟩: ὀλίγα  —F2ZcZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 801.14 (thom exeg) ⟨φροντίζων ὄχλου⟩: μή με μέμψηται βαστάζοντά σε  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Feeling concern for the mob’) lest it reproach me for carrying/supporting you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   μή με μέμψηται] μεταπέμψηται Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,20


Or. 801.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φροντίζων⟩: ἐγὼ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨φροντίζων⟩: ἐπιστρεφόμενος  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 801.12 XoG      


Or. 801.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φροντίζων⟩: ἔνδον λογιζόμενος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 801.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὄχλου⟩: τοῦ πλήθους  —XaXbXoT+YYfG

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 801.16 XoG      


Or. 801.19 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὄχλου⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.01 (tri gloss) ⟨αἰσχυνθείς⟩: αἰδεσθείς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχυνθείς⟩: ἐντραπεὶς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 802.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: ἐπιφορτισθῶ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,22

COMMENT:   This verb in the passive ought to mean ‘that I be loaded with a burden’ (whence the Byzantine and Modern Greek sense ‘to be charged with a task/to do something’), but that would leave σε in the previous line without governance (although that is perhaps not an objection if the glossator is working atomistically). In 801 Rf has δι’ ἄστεος σ’ ἐς μικρὰ; V is the only witness I have come upon that perhaps lacked σε in 801.   


Or. 802.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: βαστάσω  —F2MnPrSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCr   |    (βαστά)σω Ox, add. σω above next gloss   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,22


Or. 802.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: βαστάξω  —M2V3AaZmOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: πορεύσω  —ZZaZbZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,22


Or. 802.07 (tri gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: ἤγουν φέρων πορεύσω  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: φέρω  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: κρατήσω  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχήσω⟩: κομίσω, ὁδηγήσω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.11 (802–803) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποῦ γὰρ … συμφοραῖς ἐπαρκέσω;⟩: εἰς τί θέλω δείξειν ἐγὼ ὅτι ἦμαι φίλος ἐὰν οὐδέν σε βοηθήσω ἐπὶ ταῖς δειναῖς συμφοραῖς;  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  In what regard am I going to show that I am a friend if I bring you no aid in times of terrible misfortune?

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See sch. 794.01 for Zu’s periphrasis θέλω δείξειν = δείξω.   


Or. 802.12 (tri exeg) ⟨ποῦ γὰρ ὢν δείξω φίλος⟩: τὸ ὢν πρὸς τὸ φίλος σύναπτε.  —T

TRANSLATION:  Construe (the participle) ‘being’ with ‘friend’ (that is, not with ‘where’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   A failure to construe the participle as supplementary with δείξω is perhaps present in Sa’s gloss εἶναι (sch. 802.19). The Moschopulean gloss ὤν (sch. 802.21) above φίλος is another way to indicate what Triclinius makes explicit here.   


Or. 802.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποῦ⟩: ἐν ποίᾳ ἄλλῃ ὁδῷ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποῖ⟩: πῆ  —Zm

LEMMA: thus in text Zm      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποῖ⟩: ποῦ  —ZZm

LEMMA: thus in text ZZm      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢν⟩: γρ. ἂν.  —AbPrSa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ōn’, participle ‘being’,) the reading ‘an’ (modal particle) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Sa   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 802.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἂν⟩: γρ. ὢν.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:  (For modal particle ‘an’) the reading ‘ōn’ (participle ‘being’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.19 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλος⟩: εἶναι  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.20 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλος⟩: ἐγὼ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 802.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλος⟩: ὤν  —XXaXbXoY2YfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὣν Xa   


Or. 803.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: ἐὰν  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 803.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σε⟩: ⟦ὄντα⟧  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss indicated that ὄντα modifies σε. It is unclear why it was deleted.   


Or. 803.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σε⟩: σοι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 803.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ ’ν δειναῖσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ ἐν δειναῖς  —MK

TRANSLATION:  (The crasis or prodelision in ‘mēn/mē’n deinaisin’ is) to be understood as ‘not in (‘mē en’) terrible (misfortunes)’.

LEMMA: μὴ δειναῖσιν in text M      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. K      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. K   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,14; Dind. II.206,24

COMMENT:   It seems likely that the note was written for a text with μὴ ’ν, despite M’s own reading μὴ δειναῖσιν, since if the note were intended to indicate that the plain dative δειναῖσιν … συμφοραῖς was to be paraphrased by adding ἐν, there would be no reason to include μὴ in the explanation. But note that it would have been easy to read the note as one relevant to a text with μὴ δειναῖσιν: in the next, Triclinius adopted Moschopulus’s version without changing the μὴ δειναῖσιν that he himself wrote in the text of this page (72r).   


Or. 803.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨μὴ ’ν δειναῖσιν⟩: μὴ ἐν δειναῖς ἤγουν χαλεπαῖς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (Interpret the crasis or prodelision in ‘mēn/mē’n deinaisin’ as) ‘not in (‘mē en’) terrible (misfortunes)’, that is, ‘harsh’ ones.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δεινῇ … χαλεπή (sic) G   


Or. 803.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δειναῖσιν⟩: ἐν  —F2

LEMMA: prob. μὴ δειν. in text F, μὴ ’ν δειν. F2      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 803.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δειναῖσιν⟩: χαλεπαῖς  —ZlCrOxB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ταῖς prep. CrOx   


Or. 803.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄντ’⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχοντα  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 803.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: λύπαις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 803.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπαρκέσω⟩: τὸ ἐπαρκῶ εἰ μὲν συντάσσεται δοτικῇ, τὸ ἀρκῶ ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν, εἰ δὲ αἰτιατικῇ, τὸ ἐπί, ὡς κἀνταῦθα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  If the verb ‘eparkō’ is construed with a dative, the element ‘arkō’ bears the meaning, but if with the accusative, the prefix ‘epi’ does, as in fact here.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      POSITION: s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς καὶ κἀνταῦθα Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,25–26


Or. 803.11 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπαρκέσω⟩: ὠφελήσω  —MOCV3Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,15; Dind. II.206,24–25


Or. 803.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπαρκέσω⟩: βοηθήσω  —F2MnPrSSaZZaZlGOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox, μὴ prep. F2   


Or. 803.13 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 58


Or. 804.01 (804–806) (vet paraphr) τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους : 1ἦν ἄρα, φησὶ, καλῶς τοῦτο ἔκπαλαι δεδογμένον τὸ μὴ μόνον τοὺς συγγενεῖς φίλους νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τις βέβαιος τὴν διάθεσιν.  —MBVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   This was, then, he says, long ago well approved, that one consider not only one’s kinsmen friends, but also anyone who is steadfast in his disposition (of loyalty).

LEMMA: MV, τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθαι φίλους B, τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢν M, ἂν V   |    τοῦτο] τὸ Rw, om. Rb   |    δεδομένον RbRw   |    καὶ εἴ τις] εἰ καί τις MVCRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἅρα M, ἆρ Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,16–18; Dind. II.206,27–29


Or. 804.02 (804–806) (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: τοῦτο ἦν ἔκπαλαι δεδομένον ἄρα καλῶς τὸ μὴ μόνον τοὺς συγγενεῖς φίλους νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ και τινα βέβαιον τὴν διάθεσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  This (advice) was long ago given well, then, that one consider not only one’s kinsmen friends, but also someone steadfast in his disposition (of loyalty).


Or. 804.03 (804–806) (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: 1τουτέστιν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις ἐκείνου τοῦ ᾀδομένου λόγου τοῦ ‘κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους’ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς·  2ἰδοὺ γὰρ· ἐγὼ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν συγγενῶν παρορῶμαι, ὑπὸ φίλου δὲ βοηθοῦμαι καὶ περιέπομαι.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   That is, this is the meaning of that celebrated saying ‘Acquire comrades’ etc. For behold: I am neglected by my kinsmen, but aided and cared for by a friend.

LEMMA: τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο Gu      POSITION: cont. from sch. 804.28 ἔχετε δηλονότι Gu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,4–7


Or. 804.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: παροιμία  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  Proverbial expression.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps the lemma should be just τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο, which is in fact a common phrase. There is no evidence that κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους (or κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον) was proverbial, although the comments on this line show that it might be understood that Eur. (or Orestes) was presenting it as such, that is, as ancient wisdom passed down from the past. The only exact quotation in TLG is in the 14th-cent. author Theodorus Dexius, epist. 1.1. The parallels from antiquity are few: Plato, Lysis 211e ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς μὲν ταῦτα πρᾴως ἔχω, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων κτῆσιν πάνυ ἐρωτικῶς, καὶ βουλοίμην ἄν μοι φίλον ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ἄριστον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὄρτυγα ἢ ἀλεκτρυόνα, καὶ ναὶ μὰ Δία ἔγωγε μᾶλλον ἢ ἵππον τε καὶ κύνα—οἶμαι δέ, νὴ τὸν κύνα, μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ Δαρείου χρυσίον κτήσασθαι δεξαίμην πολὺ πρότερον ἑταῖρον, μᾶλλον ⟨δὲ⟩ ἢ αὐτὸν Δαρεῖον—οὕτως ἐγὼ φιλέταιρός τίς εἰμι; Plato, Gorg. 461c ὦ κάλλιστε Πῶλε, ἀλλά τοι ἐξεπίτηδες κτώμεθα ἑταίρους καὶ ὑεῖς, ἵνα ἐπειδὰν αὐτοὶ πρεσβύτεροι γενόμενοι σφαλλώμεθα, παρόντες ὑμεῖς οἱ νεώτεροι ἐπανορθῶτε ἡμῶν τὸν βίον καὶ ἐν ἔργοις καὶ ἐν λόγοις.   

KEYWORDS:  παροιμία   


Or. 804.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’⟩: τὸ ἐκ πάλαι δεδομένον τὸ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207, app. at 28


Or. 804.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τοῦτο ὂν ἔκπαλαι διδόμενον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διδώμ‑ Ab   


Or. 804.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἀναφορικῶς, ὑπάρχει ᾀδόμενον  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Ekeino’, ‘that thing’, is used) anaphorically (i.e., with reference to something in the past), ‘is commonly recited/celebrated’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: Ἀττικὸν, ἐκ παραλλήλου.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  An Attic idiom, (terms) expressed in parallel (referring to the same thing?).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is apparently shorthand for ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό, unless this is a way to describe the lack of expressed copula.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 804.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο ἐστὶ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπό τινος σοφοῦ.  —ArAa

POSITION: s.l. Ar, marg. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο … ἐστι om. Ar   


Or. 804.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ὁρῶ τὸ ἔκπαλαι δοθὲν  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ὁρῶ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: πάλαι νενομοθετημένον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τὸ λόγιον  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἄριστον  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.206,27


Or. 804.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἐστὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.16 (recMoschThom paraphr) τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο: ὑπάρχει τὸ ᾀδόμενον  —Aa2KRf2XXaXbXoYYfGrZZbZlZmT*

TRANSLATION:  (This) is (that) commonly recited/celebrated saying.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. Zm; at first written above 803 Aa2, but crossed out      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχει om. K   |    τοῦτο add. before τὸ Aa2   |    at end add ἔκπαλαι Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,1


Or. 804.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τὸ πάλαι ᾀδόμενον ὑπάρχει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἦν ἄρα, φησὶ, καλὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἆρα Cr   


Or. 804.19 (pllgn exeg) κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους: 1ἐπὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν προσγινομένων καὶ ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν μὲν ὄντων τινὶ, ἢ ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν διὰ τὴν συμφωνίαν καὶ ὁμογνωμοσύνην,  2οὐχ ὥστε δὲ καὶ ἅπτεσθαι ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγγυτάτω εἶναι λέγεται τὸ κτῆμα καὶ τὸ κτᾶσθαι.  3συγγενεῖς δὲ, καθὸ λέγεται ἐνταῦθα τὸ συγγενὲς, ὥσπερ τινὰ μέλη εἰσί·  4φύσει γὰρ προσήκουσι καὶ οὐκ ἔξωθεν προσγίνονται.  5εἰ δὴ τοῦτο, οὐ δύναται τὸ κτᾶσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς τείνειν, ἀλλ’ ἕτερον αὐτῷ δηλονότι δεῖ ῥῆμα συνυπακούειν ἀνάλογον.  6εἴη δ’ ἂν τὸ ἔχειν ἀνάλογον·  7τοῦτο γὰρ λέγεται μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σημασίας τοῦ κτᾶσθαι καὶ ἐφ’ ἑτέρων,  8λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ μερῶν, οἷον χειρὸς καὶ ποδός·  9λεγόμεθα γὰρ ἔχειν χεῖρα καὶ πόδα.  10κατὰ τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σημαινόμενον λέγοιτο ἄν τις καὶ συγγενεῖς ἔχειν κατὰ λόγον.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:  ‘Possession’ (‘ktēma’) and ‘to acquire’ (‘ktasthai’) are said in reference to things that accrue from outside and are under someone’s control—or virtually under control because of agreement and likeness of mind, but not so as necessarily to be in contact with him and be very close. Kinsmen, just as here the (neuter) term ‘the kindred’ is used, are, as it were, limbs of a sort. For they belong by nature and do not accrue from outside. So, if this is so, the verb ‘acquire’ cannot apply also to ‘the kindred’, but clearly another, corresponding verb has to be understood with it. ‘Have’ would be (a) corresponding (verb). For this is applied also to parts, like hand and foot. For we are said to have hand and foot. So, in accordance with this meaning, someone would logically be said to have kinsmen.

LEMMA: Gu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,7–18

COMMENT:   This is a greatly expanded explication of the point that Moschopulus makes in 804.27. For the idea of kin as limbs, cf. Plutarch, Mor 479B ἀδελφὸς δὲ πολεμῶν ἀδελφῷ καὶ κτώμενος ὀθνεῖον ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ἢ παλαίστρας ἑταῖρον οὐθὲν ἔοικεν ἄλλο ποιεῖν ἢ σάρκινον καὶ συμφυὲς ἑκουσίως ἀποκόψας μέλος ἀλλότριον προστίθεσθαι καὶ προσαρμόττειν.   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 804.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’⟩: τὸ Ἡσιόδειον {κτῶ}  —M2Lp2

TRANSLATION:  The Hesiodic (advice).

POSITION: s.l. (above τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο Lp2)      

APP. CRIT.:   κτῶ om. Lp2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,1–2

COMMENT:   Without κτῶ, the remark could have been prompted by the fact that Hesiod gives the opposite advice in Op. 707 μὴ δὲ κασιγνήτῳ ἶσον ποιεῖσθαι ἑταῖρον. The inclusion of κτῶ (only in M2) creates more difficulties. Hesiod never has the form κτῶ (κεκτῆσθαι and ἔκτητο are used in two passages of no relevance). Perhaps κτῶ was originally a separate gloss on κτᾶσθ’ understood as κτᾶσθαι, infinitive for singular imperative (sch. 804.21–22 assume the full form is κτᾶσθαι).   


Or. 804.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κτᾶσθ’⟩: ἔχειν  —AbMnZmCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 804.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτᾶσθ’⟩: ποιεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.23 (rec gloss) ⟨κτᾶσθ’⟩: ἔχετε  —Aa2Rf

POSITION: s.l. (above middle of line 803 Aa2)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχεται δηλονότι Aa2   


Or. 804.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨κτᾶσθ’⟩: τὸ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑταίρους⟩: γνησίους φίλους  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑταίρους⟩: φίλους  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.27 (mosch exeg) μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον: 1ἔχετε δηλονότι.  2οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ κτᾶσθε ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν συγγενῶν λαμβάνεσθαι.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘not the kindred only’ understand) ‘have’, clearly. For ‘acquire’ (‘ktasthe’) cannot be taken in common also applying to kinsmen.

LEMMA: XTG (but no punct. XT)      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχετε] ἔρχεται G   |    2 τῶν om. T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀποκοινοῦ Yf   |    δῆλον ὅτι G   |    κτᾶσθαι G, app. a.c. Xo   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,2–3

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ   


Or. 804.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον⟩: ἔχετε δηλονότι  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους, μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον prep. Gu   |    ἔρχεται G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δῆλον ὅτι G   

COMMENT:   The initial tau in the preposed phrase in Gu is supplied secondarily in red ink, and in the same ink above the beginning of the note is added κρη or κρή, perhaps an abbreviated name such as Κρητικός (attested in PLP 13472–13478).   


Or. 804.29 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον⟩: ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένον τινά  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον⟩: ἔχειν  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον⟩: νομίζειν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 804.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ συγγενὲς⟩: τὴν συγγένειαν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.01 (805–806) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισιν: ὅστις τρόπῳ καὶ διαθέσει συγκάμνει φίλῳ πολλῶν ἐστι συγγενῶν ἀμείνων εἶναι φίλος. —MVCMnPrRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   Whoever by his manner and disposition shares in his friend’s toil is better at being a friend than many kinsmen.

LEMMA: V, lemma ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις CRb, ὅστις τρόποισιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅστις om. CRb, ὥς τις V   |    τρόπ() καὶ διαθέσεως Rb   |    συγκάμνων M, συγκάμνη Rw, συγκάμη MnPrS, συγκάμ() VRb   |    γάρ ἐστι VMnPrRbS   |    before ἀμείνων add. καὶ πρὸς τὸ V, add. πρὸς τὸ MnPrRbS(τῶ), whence ἀμείνων πρὸς τὸ εἶναι conj. Dindorf   |    app. μείνων M (perhaps also ἰναι, but damage here)   |    εἶναι φίλος om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅστι S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,20–21; Dind. II.207,19–20

COLLATION NOTES:   The final six words πολλῶν … εἶναι are out of place in C: the first half of the note is in lines 10-11 of the right margin block, but after φίλω in line 11 there follow a comma and the lemma for sch. 807.01 along with its note; the second half of this note is written in the text block to the left, under line 806, with :~ at the end.   


Or. 805.02 (805–806) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισιν: ὅστις τρόπῳ καὶ διαθέσει συγκάμνει φίλῳ, ξένος ὢν, πολλῶν συγγενῶν ἀμείνων ἐστὶν ὁ τοιοῦτος.  —B

TRANSLATION:  Whoever by his manner and disposition shares in his friend’s toil, though he is an outsider, such a man is better than many kinsmen.

LEMMA: B      REF. SYMBOL: B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,20–21 app.; Dind. II.207, app. at 19


Or. 805.03 (805–806) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ὡς κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ θυραῖος καὶ ξένος ὢν, τοῖς τρόποις δὲ συντακεὶς, ἤγουν ὁμότροπος γενόμενος, κεκτῆσθαι, ἤγουν κτηθῆναι, φίλος ἀνδρί· κρείσσων δέ τινων μυρίων ὁμαιμόνων καὶ ἀδελφῶν, ἢ κοινῶς εἰπεῖν συγγενῶν.  —V

TRANSLATION:  Because the man who is an outsider and stranger but who is united (with one) in his mode of behavior, that is, has proved to be of a similar nature, is better to acquire, that is, to be acquired, as a friend for (another) man—and better than some countless number of those of shared blood and brothers, or to use the common term, kinsmen.

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,22–179,3; Dind. II.207,21–24


Or. 805.04 (805–806) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μυρίων κρείσσων … κεκτῆσθαι φίλους⟩: μυρίων ἀδελφῶν κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ φίλος ἀνθρώπῳ ὃς αὐτῷ συντακῇ, ἤγουν συνενωθῇ καὶ συναφθῇ τῇ γνώμῃ.  —F4

TRANSLATION:  The friend who is melted together with him, that is, is united and joined closely in his judgment, is better for a man than countless brothers.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.05 (pllgn exeg) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισι συντακῇ: τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι. τὸ δὲ τρόποισι συντακῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς τρόπους συμφωνήσῃ, συμβιβασθῇ, δυσαποσπάστως συγκολληθῇ καὶ ἑνωθῇ κατὰ τὰ μέταλλα τὰ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ὁμοῦ τηκόμενα.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  The word ‘hōs’ is used for ‘hoti’ (‘because’). ‘Is united in his mode of behavior’ (is used) in the sense ‘in respect to his mode of behavior is in concord, is reconciled, is glued together inextricably, and is united like metals melted together with fire’.

LEMMA: Gu      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δυσαποσπάσθως Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,25–28


Or. 805.06 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —MV1AaAbKMnPrXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.178,19

COMMENT:   The hand of V is uncertain because the gloss is obscured by a repair.   


Or. 805.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅστις⟩: ἐκεῖνος  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τρόποισι συντακῇ⟩: ὁμότροπος γένηται  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. F   


Or. 805.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: διαθέσεσιν  —OCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑εσι CrOx   


Or. 805.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: ἕξεσι  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: ἤθεσι  —M2KXXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: τῆς ἀγάπης  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: τῆς φιλίας  —Gu2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: τῷ τρόπῳ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.15 (thom gloss) ⟨τρόποισι⟩: τοῦ φίλου αὐτοῦ  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.16 (vet gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συναναπλασθῇ  —MBCGu2

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ‑πλησθῆ Gu2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.179,4; Dind. II.207,28, 29

COMMENT:   It seems most probable that Gu’s ‑πλησθῇ is a corruption. Only three other attestations of συναναπίμπλημι are found in TLG, all with the connotation of mixing in something bad or contaminating.   


Or. 805.17 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συγκάμῃ φίλῳ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑κάμει O   


Or. 805.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συγκάμῃ καὶ συμπάθῃ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγκάμ() καὶ συμπαθ() V   


Or. 805.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συγκάμνῃ  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.20 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συγκραθῇ  —AbKMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑κραβῆ K   


Or. 805.21 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συνενωθῇ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.22 (rec gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: φιληθῇ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συνανακρασθῇ  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This variant form of the aorist passive (for ‑κραθῇ) is attested once elsewhere in TLG: Neophytus Prodromenos, quaestiones et responsiones, quaest. 2a, 13,196 Kalogeropoulou-Metallinou (συνανακρασθὲν).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 805.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: καὶ συμπλακῇ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συμβιβασθῇ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,29


Or. 805.26 (thom gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συναρμοσθῇ  —ZZbZlZmTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,29


Or. 805.27 (thom gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: συνουσιωθῇ  —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,29


Or. 805.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: καὶ δαμασθῇ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This seems to be an unthinking use of a standard gloss on τήκω and compounds when used of weeping or other distress: Sch. Or. 34.22, Sch. Thom. Or. 283.12, Sch. Thom. Or. 1047.01, Sch. Thom. and Sch. Gu Hec. 433, Sch. ZbLr Hec. 434, Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 1034c Chantry.   


Or. 805.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συντακῇ⟩: εἰς φιλίαν  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.30 (vet gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: ξένος  —MM2BV2CF2KMnPrRfSSaCrOx

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B, cont. from sch. 805.16      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὤν add. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.179,5; Dind. II.207,30


Or. 805.31 (rec gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: καίπερ ξένος  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.32 (rec gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: ἔξω τῆς συγγενείας  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνα prep. Ab   


Or. 805.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: ἐκτὸς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 805.34 (mosch gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: ἀλλότριος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAaZuB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,30


Or. 805.35 (thom gloss) ⟨θυραῖος⟩: ξένος καὶ οὐ συγγενής  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zb      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,30


Or. 805.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: ὑπάρχων  —Ox

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 806.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨μυρίων κρείσσων … κεκτῆσθαι φίλους⟩: 1μυρίων ἀδελφῶν κρείσσων ὁ φίλος ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰς τὸ κεκτῆσθαι αὐτὸν,  2ὅμοιον τῷ ‘ἡδὺς ὁ ποταμὸς πιεῖν’.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZm

TRANSLATION:   A friend is better than countless brothers for a man with respect to possessing him (as a friend), similar (in the use of an infinitive with active sense) to ‘the river is sweet to drink’.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYG      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ φίλος transp. Zm, ordered corrected with α, β, γ   |    ὁ om. XGYf   |    φίλων Y   |    τὸ om. Xb   |    αὐτά G   |    2 ὁ om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.207,31–208,1

COMMENT:   The same quotation to illustrate this grammatical point appears also in sch. Mosch. Or. 870.08, sch. Mosch. Ph. 966, and Sch. Arist. Eq. 1331d Jones-Wilson (by one of the correcting hands in Laur. plut. 31.15, early 14th cent.).   


Or. 806.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μυρίων⟩: πολλῶν  —OZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 806.03 (tri metr) ⟨μυρίων⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 58


Or. 806.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: ἐστὶ  —OAaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.05 (thom gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: ὑπάρχει  —ZZbZlZmZuTGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: ἐπικρατέστερος  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: καὶ μεγαλώτερον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: καλλίων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρείσσων⟩: καὶ καλλιώτερον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὁμαίμων⟩: λέγεται καὶ ὁ ὁμαίμων τοῦ ὁμαίμονος, καὶ ὁ ὅμαιμος τοῦ ὁμαίμου, ἀφ’ οὗ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ὁμαίμων ἐπὶ γενικῆς τῶν πληθυντικῶν.  —XaXbXoT+YYfGrB3d

TRANSLATION:  Both ‘homaimōn’ (with genitive) ‘homaimonos’ (‘of the same blood’) and ‘homaimos’ (with genitive) ‘homaimou’ are in use, from (the latter of) which (comes) here ‘homaimōn’ in the genitive plural.

POSITION: s.l. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   first words mostly lost to trimming of upper margin B3d   |   first ὁ om. YGr   |    second ὁ om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.208,2–3


Or. 806.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁμαιμόνων⟩: γράφεται ὁ ὅμαιμος τοῦ ὁμαίμου, πληθυντικῶς ὁμαίμων ἐπὶ γενικῆς. ἐνταῦθα δὲ εὐθεῖα ὁμαίμων ὁμαίμονος καὶ ἐπὶ πληθυντικῶν [τῆς γενι]κῆς ὁμαιμόνων.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  One writes ‘ho homaimos’, ‘tou homaimou’, genitive plural ‘homaimōn’. But here the nominative is ‘homaimōn’, (genitive) ‘homainonos’, and in the genitive plural ‘homaimonōn’.

LEMMA: thus in text Zm      

COLLATION NOTES:   The lower margin has been trimmed, but the upper portions of κ(ῆς) ὁμαιμόνων can be recognized.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 806.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμαίμων⟩: ὁμαιμόνων  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁμεμόνων B3d   


Or. 806.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμαίμων⟩: συγγενῶν  —OV

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμαιμόνων⟩: ἀνδρῶν  —Aa2

LEMMA: thus in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ὁμαιμόνων⟩: ἀδελφῶν  —ZZbZlTGuF2CrOx

LEMMA: thus in text all except GrT      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 806.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: ἐκείνῳ τῷ ξένῳ ἀνδρί  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Although one could delete ξένῳ to produce a correct reference, Zu seems to be capable of such an error of interpretation.   


Or. 806.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: ὑπάρχει τινὶ ἀνδρὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: ἀνθρώπῳ τινί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: τῷ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: καλὸν ὑπάρχει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.22 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.23 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: εἰς τὸ  —SaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —V3GuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: κτηθῆναι  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3, below line Y2      


Or. 806.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: ἔχεσθαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: εἶναι  —V2/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: γενέσθαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.29 (thom gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: αὐτόν  —ZZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.30 (tri gloss) ⟨κεκτῆσθαι⟩: ἔχειν αὐτόν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.31 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλος⟩:  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 806.32 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 58


Or. 807.01 (807–833) (vet paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετά: 1ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ περίπυστος κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ ἐν Ἰλίῳ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εὐδαιμονία καὶ ἀρετὴ εἰς τοὐπίσω πάλιν ἀνέδραμεν,  2εἰς δυστυχίαν ἐξ εὐτυχίας μεταβληθεῖσα καὶ ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν ἀπόρροιαν ἔχουσα ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς αὐτῶν ἐκείνης τῆς κατ’ οἶκον συμφορᾶς.  3ἐκείνη γὰρ ἡ ἔρις αὐτοῖς ἡ περὶ τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνειοῦ εἰργάσατο ἐλεεινὰ βρώματα καὶ σφαγὰς ἀνοσίους εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου.  4ἐξ ἐκείνου δὴ φόνου συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον.  5καὶ τὸ νομιζόμενον εἶναι καλὸν οὐ καλόν ἐστι, λέγω δὴ τὸ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀνατεῖναι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς.  6τὸ γὰρ ἀδικεῖν πατέρας ἀσεβῶν ἐστι καὶ ἀνοήτων τέκνων καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δέ γε τῆς συμφορᾶς τῆς κατὰ τοῦτον ἐλεεινότερον.  7μέλλουσα γὰρ τελευτᾶν ἡ Τυνδάρεω, Κλυταιμνήστρα, φόβῳ τοῦ θανάτου ἀνεβόησεν ἡ δυστυχής·  8‘Ὀρέστα, τολμᾷς τὸν κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς φόνον;  9ὅρα δὴ καὶ σκόπει, μή πως τῆς εἰς τὸν πατέρα τοιαύτης τιμωρίας ἀνταλλάξῃς δύσκλειαν ἀθάνατον.  10οὔτε γὰρ νόσος οὔτε αἷμα οὔτε τις ἑτέρα συμφορὰ μείζων γένοιτ’ ἂν ἐν ἀνθρώποις μητροκτονίας’.  —BVC, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   The great prosperity and the blessed fortune and excellence of the Atreids known far and wide throughout Greece and in Ilium has run backward again, having been shifted from good fortune to bad fortune and, so to speak, experiencing an emanation from that ancient familial misfortune of theirs. For that strife over the golden-fleeced lamb produced for them pitiful meals and unholy slaughters of the noble children of Thyestes. Resulting from that killing, then, murders continuous and one following another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any interval of respite). And that which is believed to be fine is not fine, I mean to hack the body of parents with merciless hand and hold up the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun. For wronging parents is the act of impious and mindless children and wicked men, and the aspect of the misfortune related to this man (Orestes) is more miserable. For when the daughter of Tyndareus, Clytemnestra, was about to die, in fear of death the unhappy woman cried out: ‘Orestes, do you dare to carry out the murder of your mother? Consider and examine, lest perchance you receive never-ending ill-repute in exchange for such a vengeance for your father. For neither sickness nor bloodshed nor any other disaster could be greater among men than matricide.’ [or the direct quotation may end at ‘father’]

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως V      POSITION: marg. B, follows sch. 811.01 B, follows sch. 807.07 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 om. Sa   |    1 ἡ om. VC   |    2 αὐτῶν om. V   |    ἀπόροια C   |    3 γὰρ om. VC   |    εὐγενῶν] συγγενῶν B   |    4 ἐξ om. V   |    ἀλλεπάλληλαι C, ἐπάλληλαι V   |    5 εἶναι om. B   |    δὴ] δὲ B   |    ἀπηνεῖ om. Sa   |    ἀνακτεῖναι B, ἀνατείνειν Sa   |    6 ἀδικεῖν] ἄδικα πάσχειν VCSa   |    first καὶ] ἅμα Sa   |    τέκνων om. Sa   |    γε del. Schw.   |    ταῖς αυμφοραῖς ταῖς Sa   |    κατὰ τούτου VC, κατὰ τοῦτο Sa   |    7 μέλλουσ() ambig. V   |    τυνδάρεως VSa   |    ἡ δυστυχὴς] ὦ δυστυχέστατε Sa   |    8 τολμᾷς μὲν τὸν B   |    τὸν … φόνον] οὐχ’ ὅσια Sa   |    9 δὴ] δὲ B, γὰρ δὴ Sa   |    καὶ σκόπει om. Sa   |    πως om. BC   |    τῆς] B, τις C, τίς V, om. Sa   |    τοιαύτης] Sa (Schw. without note), τοιαύτας C, τὰς τοιαύτας V, om. B   |    ἀνταλλάξῃς] Schw., ‑ξη all   |    10 οὔτε αἷμα κτλ om. Sa, cont. into sch. 834   |    οὔτε αἷμα] Schwartz, οὐδὲ αἷμα VC, om. B   |    μείζων om. V   |    μητροκτονία V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ‑μάλου VC   |    10 οὔτέ τις B, οὔτε τίς C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.179,15–180,2; Dind. II.208,15–209,2 and 213,24–214,5; de Fav. 58–59

COMMENT:   For οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν … οἶκον, compare Sch. Soph. El. 508 Xenis ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Μυρτίλος ἀπέθανεν, οὐ διέλιπεν αἰκία τοὺς πολυκτήμονας δόμους. This usage is barely covered in the dictionaries, but DGE notes (in its last subdivision) the meaning ‘abandon temporarily’ in reference to a disease in Hipp. de morbis popularibus.1.2.4 Littré εἰ γάρ τινας αὐτέων διαλείποι σμικρὰ, ταχὺ πάλιν ὑπέστρεφεν. That example suitably suggests that here the misfortunes are like disease.   |   Schwartz deleted γε in 6, app. because this is the only instance of δέ γε in the older scholia on Eur.; but there is only one occurrence in the old scholia on Soph., Sch. Aj. 520a Christodoulou. Alternatively, Schwartz may have intervened simply to make the phrase identical to that in sch. 823.02, which has no γε.   


Or. 807.02 (807–830) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: 0τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται ἐπῳδικὰ ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὰ παρόντα τριὰς ἐπῳδική, καὶ εἰσὶ τῆς στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιβʹ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα.  1τὸ αʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ διτροχαίου πεντασυλλάβου καὶ χοριάμβου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἢ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων βʹ, δʹ καὶ βʹ, καὶ συλλαβῆς.  2–3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ ὅμοια κατὰ πάντα.  4τὸ δʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου.  5τὸ εʹ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον καλούμενον Εὐπολίδειον, ἑκατέρωθεν ἔχον ἰαμβικὰς συζυγίας, μέσον δὲ τὸν χορίαμβον. καὶ ἔστι τῶν πολυσχηματίστων.  6τὸ ςʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ τροχαίου. ἔχει δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἰωνικὸν πεντασύλλαβον.  7τὸ ζʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν πενθημιμερὲς, ἐνταῦθα δὲ δάκτυλον ἔχει καὶ τὸν πρώτον πόδα.  8τὸ ηʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς. εἰ δὲ ἐν τοῖς κώλοις ἀναρμόστως οἱ πόδες κεῖνται, οὐ θαῦμα· τοῦ αὐτοῦ γάρ εἰσι μέτρου ἀμφότεροι ὅ τε δάκτυλος καὶ ἀνάπαιστος.  9τὸ θʹ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος καὶ χοριάμβου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἐνταῦθα δὲ πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἰωνικὸν.  10τὸ ιʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ, παίωνος γʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ σπονδείου.  11τὸ ιαʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς, τοῦ βʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου.  12τὸ ιβʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον.  13ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἀντιστροφῆς παράγραφος.  —T

1 807=819 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ
τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλόν, τοκέων
  2 808=820 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα καὶ
πυριγενεῖ τεμεῖν παλάμαι
  3 809=821 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς
χρόα, μελάνδετον δὲ φόνωι
  4 810=822 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’ ἐξ εὐτυχίας Ἀτρείδαις,
ξίφος ἐς αὐγὰς ἀελίοιο δεῖξαι·
  5 811=823 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων,
τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια ποικίλη
  6 812=824 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏕ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑
ὁπότε τῆς χρυσέας ἔρις ἀρνὸς
κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια
  7 813=825 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒⏑ ⏑, ‒ = ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒⏑ ⏑, ‒
ἤλυθε Τανταλίδαις.
θανάτου δ’ ἀμφὶ φόβωι
  8 814=826 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ = ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
οἰκτρότατά τε θοινάματα καὶ
Τυνδαρὶς ἰάχησε τάλαινα·
  9 815=827 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ = ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
σφάγια γενναίων τεκέων.
τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾶις ὅσια
  10 816=828 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒
ἔνθεν φόνωι φόνος ἐξαμείβων
κτείνων γε μητέρα· μὴ πατρώαν
  11 817=829 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒ or ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
δι’ αἵματος οὐ προλείπει
τίνων χάριν ἐξανάψηι
  12 818=830 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις.
δύσκλειαν εἴς σ’ αἰεί.
 

TRANSLATION:   Forms of choral song of this kind are called epodic, as has been said. The present lines are an epodic triad, and the cola of the strophe are twelve and those of the antistrophe the same number. The first colon is an acatalectic choriambic dimeter consisting of a five-syllable double trochee and a choriamb; or if you prefer, a hypercatalective ionic or paeonic dimeter consisting of two paeons, a fourth and a second, and a syllable. The second and third cola are similar (to the first) in every detail. The fourth colon is an acatalectic ionic trimeter consisting of fourth paeon, ionic a maiore, and second epitrite. The fifth colon is an acatalectic epichoriambic trimeter, called a Eupolidean, having at each extreme an iambic syzygy and the choriamb in the middle. It belongs to the class of meters allowing many forms. The sixth colon is a brachycatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter consisting of a fourth paeon, ionic, and trochee. Here (in the strophe) it has the ionic in five-syllable form. The seventh colon is an anapaestic penthemimer, and here (in the strophe) it also has its first foot dactylic. The eighth is a similar (anapaestic) hephthemimer. And if the feet are disposed in the cola (i.e., the sixth and seventh) without exact corresponsion (between strophe and antistrophe), it is no surprise, for the two, dactyl and anapaest, belong to the same meter. The ninth colon is an acatalectic prosodiac dimeter consisting of an ionic a minore and choriamb, because of the (final) anceps, and here (in the strophe) it has the ionic in five-syllable form. The tenth colon is a brachycatalectic ionic a minore trimeter consisting of a third epitrite, a third paeon in place of an ionic, and a spondee. The eleventh colon is an iambic hephthemimer with the second foot an anapaest, or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic a maiore dimeter consisting of second paeon and second epitrite. The twelfth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. At the end of the strophe and the antistrophe, a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.14,12–15,5; de Fav. 58–59

COMMENT:   Some earlier sources define epichoriambic as consisting of a choriamb preceded by a trochaic metron, but Triclinius uses the term for various cola with a central choriamb and some other metron preceding (and following in a trimeter), including iambic, epitrite, and others. Compare Soph. Aj. 705 = 718 as described in Sch. Tricl. Soph. Aj. 693a Tessier τὸ ιδ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν· ἢ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ἐκ συζυγίας ἰαμβικῆς, χοριάμβου, καὶ ἰαμβικῆς αὖθις συζυγίας καταληκτικῆς, ἤτοι βακχείου.    


Or. 807.03 (807–822) (rec paraphr) 1οἷον ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ περίπυστος ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ Τροίαν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εἰς τοὐπίσω πάλιν ἀνέδραμεν, εἰς δυστυχίαν ἐξ εὐτυχίας μεταβληθεῖσα καὶ ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν ἀπόρροιαν ἔχουσα ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς αὐτῶν ἄρνης συμφορᾶς.  2ἐκείνη γοῦν ἡ ἔρις αὐτοῖς ἡ παῖς τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνειοῦ εἰργάσατο ἐλεεινὰ βρώματα καὶ σφαγὰς ἀνοσίους εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου.  3ἐξ ἐκείνου δὴ φόνου συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον.  4καὶ τὸ νομιζόμενον καλὸν οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν· τὸ γὰρ ἄδικα πάσχειν πατέρας ἀσεβές ἐστι τοῦ πάσχειν τέκνα.  5λέγω δὲ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀναδεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   That is, the great prosperity of the Atreids known far and wide to Greece and Troy has run backward again, shifted from good fortune to bad fortune and, so to speak, experiencing an emanation from their ancient misfortune of the lamb. For that strife, the offspring of the golden-fleeced lamb, produced for them pitiful meals and unholy slaughters of the noble children of Thyestes. Resulting from that killing, then, murders continuous and one following another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any interval of respite). And that which is believed to be fine is not fine. For that parents suffer unjust treatment is an impious thing, so that(?) [or: more so than that?] (their) children suffer. I mean to hack the body with merciless hand and display the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 807.06, but sent. 2–5 treated as new sch. with ref. to 812 ἔρις      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μεταβληθῆσαν Rf   |    ἔχουσαν Rf   |    3 τὸν τῶν] τῶν τὸν Rf   |    τοῦ πάσχειν τέκνα corrupt or lacunose?   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 περίπιστος Rf   |    ἀτρείδων Rf   |    τ’οὐπίσω Rf   |    2 χρυσομάλου Rf   |    ἀρνίου Rf   |    ἐλεϊνὰ Rf   |    3 ἀλλ’ἐπάλληλοι Rf   |    ἀτρείδων Rf   |    5 ἀπηνὴ Rf   


Or. 807.04 (807–818) (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ μέγας καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ ἡ φρονοῦσα μεγάλως ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ῥεύμασι τοῦ Σιμόεντος ποταμοῦ ὅς ἐστιν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ,  2ἐκεῖνος ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς εὐτυχίας ἐκείνης ἀνεπόδισε νῦν εἰς δυστυχίαν τὴν πάλαι γενομένην τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ὁπότε ἦλθε τοῖς ἀπογόνοις τοῦ Ταντάλου ἡ φιλονεικία τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς καὶ τὰ σφάγια τῶν γενναίων παίδων τοῦ Θυέστου, ἅπερ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς κατασφάξας ἔδωκεν εἰς θοίνην καὶ εὐωχίαν ἐκείνῳ.  3ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ οὔποτε λείπει, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλειψε, τοῖς δύο Ἀτρείδαις φόνος διαδεχόμενος ἕτερον φόνον, ἀλλὰ ἔρχονται οἱ φόνοι αὐτοῖς ἀλλεπάλληλοι δηλονότι.  4ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνων ὑπὸ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀπέθανεν, ἡ δ’ αὖ Κλυταιμνήστρα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, Ὀρέστης δὲ πάλιν κινδυνεύει νῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀπολωλέναι.   —F4

TRANSLATION:  The great wealth and the excellence that had proud ambitions throughout Greece and by the streams of the Simoeis river that is in Troy, that (wealth) has now reversed from that abundant good fortune to the misfortune that came about long ago for the Atreids at that time when there came to the descendants of Tantalus the rivalry over the golden lamb and the slaughter of the noble children of Thyestes, whom Atreus sacrificed and gave to him for eating and feasting. From which time murder succeeding upon another murder never leaves off—meaning ‘left off’—for the two sons of Atreus, but murders come upon them one after another, clearly. For Agamemnon died at the hands of Clytemnestra, and Clytemnestra in turn at those of Orestes, and Orestes in turn now is at risk of perishing at the hands of the community of the Argives.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλοι F4   


Or. 807.05 (807–818) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιβ´  —T

TRANSLATION:  Strophe of twelve cola.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 807.06 (807–13) (vet paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: 1τὸ ἑξῆς· ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν ἡ μεγαλοφρονοῦσα καὶ ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐν Τροίᾳ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ⟨ἐκ⟩ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἀνῆλθεν,  2ὅ ἐστιν εἰς δυστυχίαν ἀρχαίαν τὴν τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις συμπεσοῦσαν ἐπὶ τῷ χρυσομάλλῳ ἀρνῷ.  —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense: The great prosperity and the excellence of the Atreids that had proud ambitions both in Greece and in Troy has returned from good fortune to the opposite, that is, to the ancient misfortune that befell the Atreids over the golden-fleeced lamb.

LEMMA: M(ὅλβος)BV, ἄλλως ὁ μέγας ὄλβος C      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μεγαλοφρονήσασα B   |    ⟨ἐκ⟩ suppl. Schwartz   |    2 ἀρχαίαν] ἀρχομένην Rf   |    ἀτρείδαισι MRf   |    συμπεροῦσαν Rf   |    τῷ] τῇ MC   |    ἀρνειῷ Barnes (cf. sch. 807.01 ἀρνειοῦ)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |    ὅλβος M, app. Rf   |    ἀτρειδων B, ἀτρείδων Rf   |    ἑλάδι Rf   |    τροῖα M   |    2 ἀρχαῖαν M   |    χρυσομάλω Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.179,6–9; Dind. II.208,5–8


Or. 807.07 (807–813) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀπὸ τῆς παλαιᾶς συμφορᾶς τῶν οἴκων τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν ὁ μέγας ὄλβος μεγαλοφρονήσας ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ τῇ Τροίᾳ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν ἔδραμεν.  2ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν {πρὸς τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν}· ὠγκώθησαν ἐπὶ πολὺ οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι καὶ πάλιν ἐδυστύχησαν.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense: Because of the ancient disaster of the house of the Atreids the great prosperity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to its old misfortune. As if he were saying: The Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and then met misfortune again.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἄλλως· ὁ μέγας ὄλβος V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπὸ] ἐκ V   |    τῇ om. V   |    εἰς] ἐπὶ V   |    ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμ.] ἑτέραν εὐδαιμονίαν M   |    2 πρὸς … ἀρχαίαν del. Schw.   |    ὠγκωθεῖσαν C   |    ἐδυστ.] εὐτύχησαν M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |    perhaps τροῖα M   |    ἔλεγε C, ἔλεγ() V   |    2 ἀρχαῖαν M   |    ἀτρείδαι V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.179,10–14; Dind. II.208,9–13

COMMENT:   Unless Rw’s μετὰ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν (see next) is the original, Schwartz’s diagnosis that πρὸς τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν is intrusive should be accepted. It would have been an alternative to εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν in some earlier exemplars or in a different commentary. Here M, unusually, reflects a tradition in which someone has emended the corrupted note to mean ‘From the ancient disaster of the house of the Atreids, the great prosperity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to the other (period of) good fortune. As if he were saying: With respect to its ancient ill fortune the Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and met with good fortune again’.   


Or. 807.08 (807–813) (rec paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: 1ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν. ὁ μέγας ὄλβος μέγα φρονήσας ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ Τροίᾳ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν ἀνέδραμεν.  2ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν μετὰ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὠγκώθησαν οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ καὶ πάλιν ἐδυστύχησαν.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  (That is,) the great prosperity and the excellence of the Atreids. The great propserity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to its old misfortune. As if he were saying: After their ancient ill fortune the Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and then met misfortune again.

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐπιτοπολύ Rw   


Or. 807.09 (807–811) (pllgn wdord) α (ὁ μεγας ὄλβος), β (ἅ τ’ ἁρετὰ), γ (ἀτρείδαις), δ (μέγα φρονοῦσ’), ε (ἀν’ ἑλλάδα), ϛ (not detected), ζ (ἀνῆλθε), η (πάλιν), θ (ἐξ εὐτυχίας), ι (πάλαι), ια (συμφορᾶς)  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   ε assumed at ἀν’ ἑλλάδα, obscured by Aa2 gloss   


Or. 807.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ μεγάλη ἀνδρ⟨ε⟩ία καὶ ἀρετὴ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ εὐδαιμονία, ἡ λαμπρότης τῶν ἔργων  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμ. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,4


Or. 807.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος⟩: ἡ εὐδαιμονία  —V3MnPrS

POSITION: s.l. (above ἀρετὰ MnPrS)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V3   


Or. 807.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος⟩: ὁ πολὺς πλοῦτος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,3


Or. 807.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος⟩: ἡ βασιλεία  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ μέγας⟩: ὁ πολὺς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: ὁ πλοῦτος  —Aa2F2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. F2   


Or. 807.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἤγουν(?) συνειθίσθαι καὶ(?) συνεγκεκρί[σθαι τῇ(?)] ἀρετῇ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν  —M2

TRANSLATION:  That is, to be habituated in and be reckoned to belong together with the excellence of the Atreids.

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   These words are in the inner margin and partly obscured by a repair. If the words have been read correctly, it is unclear how the infinitives function and what exactly the phrase is intended to explicate.   |    συνεγκρίνω (LBG: ‘zugleich bestätigen mit’) is attested only once in TLG and there is also just one instance of συνέγκριτος (LBG: ‘gemainsam gebilligt’), both in Byzantine texts.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 807.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: [ἀπὸ το]ῦ γένους [τὸ ε]ἶδος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  From the genus the species (is expressed).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   I restore ἀπὸ so that this note makes the same observation as the clearer note of Moschopulus (next). A possible alternative is ἀντὶ, but that is more difficult to interpret, whether meant to apply to ὄλβος or to ἀρετὰ.   


Or. 807.19 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ ἀνδρεία· ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (Military) courage: from the general term (‘virtue’) the part (is expressed).

POSITION: s.l. except X, intermarg. Xo; cont. from sch. 807.13 X(prep. καὶ)G      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. XbYGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,5

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος   


Or. 807.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν  —OY2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ ἀνδρεία  —V3Aa2RfZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡ om. RfZuB3a   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνδρία Zu   


Or. 807.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ εὐγένεια  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: βασιλεία  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Written in an erasure, before which still survives ἡ σε[ or ἡ τε[ of F2.   


Or. 807.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: εὐτυχία  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,6


Or. 807.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅ τ’⟩: καὶ ἡ  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.26 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨ἅ⟩:  —PrSaXbXo2TYfZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —YfZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 807.28 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἀρετὰ⟩: ἀρετὴ  —Aa2AbPrTZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.01 (vet exeg) μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα φρονήσασα.  2τὸ δὲ πλῆρες μέγα φρονοῦσα, ἡ ἀρετή.  3εἰδωλοποιεῖ γὰρ αὐτήν.  4ἢ ὅτι τῶν ἐπειλημμένων αὐτῆς ἐπαίρει τὸ φρόνημα.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   (Present participle ‘thinking big’) used for (aorist) ‘having come to think big’. And the unelided form is (feminine singular) ‘mega phronousa’ (not masculine dative plural ‘phronousi’), (applying to) ‘the excellence’. For he personifies it. Or (he applies it to the ‘excellence’) because it raises up the proud ambition of those who possess it.

LEMMA: M(φρονοῦσαν ἑλ.)C(φρονοῦσἀν’ ἑλ.), μέγα φρονοῦσα V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    μέγα om. V   |    2 πλήρης C   |    4 ἐπειλημμένων] Dindorf, ὑπειλ‑ MVC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀρετῆ M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,3–5; Dind. II.208,13–14


Or. 808.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: δύναται καὶ μέγα φρονοῦσι, τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις.  —MaMbBVV2C

TRANSLATION:   It can also be taken as (masculine dative plural) ‘mega phronousi’ (agreeing with dative in 810) ‘the Atreids’.

REF. SYMBOL: V2      POSITION: intermarg. MbC, marg. V2; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MV      

APP. CRIT.:   δύναται καὶ] γρ V2   |    after δύναται add. εἶναι MbC   |    μεγαλοφρονοῦσι BVV2   |    φρονου M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,6; Dind. II.208, 14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   In M this sentence was perhaps added to the prev. secondarily, since the last words are crowded in marg. rather than placed on the next line (first of left margin block), as if the next scholion had already been written there.   


Or. 808.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: ἡ περίσημος κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: ἡ ἀρετὴ  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: ἐπαιρομένη  —M2Y2Zb2CrOx

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      


Or. 808.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: καυχῶσα(?)  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ending of word faded   

COMMENT:   Forms of the active aorist ἐκαύχησα are found in some Byzantine authors, and for an active present stem there is at least one other example, ἐκαυχοῦσαν in Historia Alexandri Magni (recensio K) 268,36.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 808.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: δοξάζουσα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: ἀκμάζουσα  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: μεγαλυνομένη  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.10 (mosch gloss) μέγα φρονοῦσ’: ἡ ἔνδοξος  —XXaXbXoTYYfGr

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,7


Or. 808.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μέγα⟩: ἐπηρμένως καὶ ὑψηλῶς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,8


Or. 808.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέγα⟩: μεγάλως  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φρονοῦσ’⟩: τοῖς  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: παρ’ Ἕλλησι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: εἰς τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 808.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀν’⟩: κατὰ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.01 (vet exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν Ἰλίῳ.  2Σιμοῦς γὰρ ποταμὸς Ἰλίου, ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν Τροίαν δηλοῖ.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Beside Simoeis’ channels’ is) used for ‘in Ilium’. For Simoeis is a river of Ilium, from which he indicates Troy.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC, follows sch. 810.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    ἰλίῳ om. B   |    2 ποταμὸς] ποτὲ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σιμοὺς M, σιμος C   |    ἀφοῦ M, ἀφοὗ B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,7–8; Dind. II.209,9–10


Or. 809.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ῥεύμασι τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ παρακειμένου τῷ Ἰλίῳ, τοῦ Σιμόεντος, τουτέστι παρὰ τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION:  And beside the streams of the river that lies beside Ilium, the Simoeis, that is, at Troy.

LEMMA: ὀχετοῖς T      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. GT   |    τοῦ παρακ. τῷ ἰλίῳ om. G   |    ‑κειμένω Y   |    τουτέστι] ἤγουν G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,10–12


Or. 809.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: Σιμόεις ποταμὸς τῆς Τροίας.  —O

TRANSLATION:  Simoeis is a river of Troy.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.04 (thom exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: Σιμόεις ποταμὸς ἐν Τροίᾳ.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Simoeis is a river at Troy.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: παρὰ τῷ Σιμόεντι ποταμῷ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —M2V3F

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. V3F      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ] ἤγουν V3F   


Or. 809.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: παρὰ τὴν Τροίαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῇ Τροίᾳ ὅπου ὁ Σιμόεις ποταμός  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρὰ⟩: ἐν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: ἤγουν τοῖς ῥείθροις τοῦ Σιμόεντος ποταμοῦ τῆς Τροίας  —AaAbMnPrS

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   σιμοῦντος AaAb   |    ποταμῶ MnS   |    τῆς τροίας om. AaAb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥίθροις S   


Or. 809.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: Τροίᾳ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: τοῖς Τρωσὶ  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Note that Rf’s gloss (prev.) is written over this to obscure it, so the designation Rf2 does not necessarily mean later than Rf.   


Or. 809.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Σιμουντίοις⟩: καὶ τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ῥέει ὁ Σιμόεις ποταμὸς.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of Simoeis’,) that is, Trojan. For that’s where the river Simoeis flows.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.15 (rec gloss) ⟨Σιμουντίοις⟩: Τροίας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 809.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχετοῖς⟩: ῥείθροις  —SaCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 809.17 (recTri gloss) ⟨ὀχετοῖς⟩: ῥεύμασι  —KTGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑σιν K   


Or. 810.01 (vet exeg) πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’: 1εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ἔδραμε καὶ κατέστη τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις.  2εὐτυχίαν δέ φησι τὴν κατὰ τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ δυστυχίαν τὴν νῦν τραγῳδουμένην.  —MVCMnPrRbRwS, partial B

TRANSLATION:   Backwards and toward the opposite it ran and settled itself for the Atreids. By ‘good fortune’ he means the one at Ilium and by ‘misfortune’ he means the one now being represented in the tragedy.

LEMMA: MVCRb, πάλιν ἀνῆλθεν MnPrS, πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’ ἐξευτυχίας VC, πάλιν B, ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰς τὸ] ἀντὶ τοῦ BRw   |    εἰς τὰ ἔμπαλιν καὶ τὰ ἐναντία Rb   |    ἔδραμε] ἀνέδραμ. BRw, ἦλθε VMnPrRbS(‑εν a.c.)   |    καθέστηκ()? M (very faint trace of final κ under repair)   |    τοῖς] ταῖς Rb   |    2 εὐτυχίαν δέ κτλ] om. B, punct. and rubr. as sep. sch. with lemma εὐτυχίας Rw   |    δέ om. Rw   |    κατὰ] εἰς MnPrRbS   |    τὴν ἴλιον MnPrRwS   |    καὶ δυστ. κτλ] καὶ νῦν πάλιν ἀνῆλθεν MnPrRbS   |    τὴν νῦν] Schw., νῦν transp. before δυστυχίαν all   |    τραγ.] πραττωμένην M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑δραμεν MB   |    δὲ φησὶ M, δέ φησὶ Pr, δὲ φη() a.c. S, φησὶ (om. δέ) Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,9–11; Dind. II.209,13–16


Or. 810.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνἦλθ’⟩: 1τὸ ἀνῆλθε δηλοῖ τὴν εἰς τοὐπίσω κίνησιν τῆς εὐτυχίας, τὸ δὲ πάλιν δευτέρας σχέσεώς ἐστι δηλωτικόν·  2οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι γὰρ εὐτυχήσαντες πρὸς καιρὸν πάλιν δεδυστυχήκασιν διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν τῶν δόμων.   —Pk

TRANSLATION:  The verb ‘anēlthe’ (‘went up’, ‘returned’) indicates the movement backwards of/from good fortune, and ‘palin’ is indicative of a second (instance of a) condition. For the Atreids, having enjoyed good fortune for a time, again suffered misfortune because of the ancient disaster of the house.

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σχέσεως ἔστι Pk   |    δὲ δυστυχήκασιν Pk   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,17–20


Or. 810.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνέδραμεν τοῖς Ἀτρειδαῖς  —O

TRANSLATION:  Has run back again for the Atreids.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνάπαλιν ἦλθε ἤτοι ἀνεστράφη καὶ ἀνεπόδισεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἔριδος τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ Θυέστου.  —V

TRANSLATION:  Has come again, or turned back and reverted from the strife of Atreus and Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ἦλθεν ἤτοι ἀπὸ εὐτυχίας εἰς δυστυχίαν.  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 810.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἀνάπαλιν ἦλθεν ἐξ εὐτυχίας εἰς δυστυχίαν  —K

POSITION: under line, last of page      


Or. 810.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ἦλθεν  —F4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.08 (rec gram) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ‘ἄνω ποταμῶν’ χωρεῖ τὰ ἡμέτερα.  —M2

TRANSLATION:  Our affairs go ‘upstream against the current’.

REF. SYMBOL: M2(at note, but not found at text)      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Proverbial ἄνω ποταμῶν can stand by itself, but often under the influence of Eur. Med. 410 it takes the form ἄνω ποταμῶν χωροῦσι (less often ῥέουσι) πηγαί, and thence in a few places we find ἄνω ποταμῶν χωρεῖ by itself or with a subject like τὸ πρᾶγμα. It cannot be determined whether τὰ ἡμέτερα is here as part of an illustration of the typical usage, or is meant to show the chorus identifying with the Atreids. (It could theoretically be a corruption of ὑμέτερα, but there was no reason to paraphrase with an address to Orestes and Electra here.)   

KEYWORDS:  Euripides, Medea   


Or. 810.09 (vet gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον  —MOCCr

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OCCr      


Or. 810.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ἔμπαλιν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: εἰς δυστυχίαν  —OV3Zu

POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. V3; above ἀνῆλθ’ Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V3   


Or. 810.12 (thom gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ἤγουν εἰς ἀτυχίαν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from next Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἢ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,20–21


Or. 810.13 (recMosch gloss) πάλιν: εἰς τοὐπίσω  —PrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZmZuCr2OxB3a

LEMMA: πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’ X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,20


Or. 810.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ὀπίσω  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἡ ἀρετὴ  —AbMnPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνεπόδισεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 810.13 XCr2Ox, app. T, perhaps Y      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑ισε XoYf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,21


Or. 810.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ πρότερον ἀνέδραμεν  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνέδραμεν om. ZT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,21


Or. 810.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνετράπη  —RfGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,22


Or. 810.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἐπανεστάθη  —ZlZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξ εὐτυχίας⟩: τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἴλιον  —OV3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξ εὐτυχίας⟩: τῆς Ἰλιάδος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξ εὐτυχίας⟩: εἰς ἀτυχίαν καὶ δυστυχίαν  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ δυστ. om. Ab   


Or. 810.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίας⟩: δυστυχίας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently a variant reading known to Y2, confusion of ευ‑ and δυσ‑ being easy in the reading of some cursive hands or by psychological association.   


Or. 810.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίας⟩: εὐδαιμονίας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  The run of the syntax is ‘the great prosperity and excellence of the Atreids’.

REF. SYMBOL: Gr      POSITION: marg. X(beside 807–808)Gr, intermarg. Y, s.l. Xb; cont. from sch. 809.02 XoT      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,23–24


Or. 810.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εἰς τοὐπίσω ἀνεχώρησεν.  —G

TRANSLATION:  The run of the syntax is ‘the great prosperity and excellence of the Atreids has turned backwards’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.27 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὄλβος καὶ τὸ ἀρετά σύναπτε.  —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Join this syntactically to ‘prosperity’ and ‘excellence’.

POSITION: s.l. (below word Gu)      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα Gu   |    τὸ ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.209,22–23


Or. 810.28 (vet gloss) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ Ἀτρέως  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 810.29 (recMosch gloss) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν  —V3AaFKPrRfXXaXbXoT+YYfGrGuZl2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. Zu   |    τῶν om. V3AaFKPrRfGuB3a   


Or. 810.30 (tri metr) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: koinē short over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 810.31 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τοῖς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.01 (811–821) (vet exeg) πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ πάλαι γεγενημένην συμφοράν.  2λέγει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς γυναικὸς Ἀτρέως καὶ τὴν βορὰν τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου, ὡς καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει.  3ἢ οὕτως· προϋπαρξάσης ἑτέρας κατὰ τὸν ἀνέκαθεν χρόνον συμφορᾶς {τῶν τέκνων αὐτοῦ, εἶτα εὐτυχίας τῆς κατὰ τὸ Ἴλιον, καὶ πάλιν δυστυχίας τῆς νῦν τραγῳδουμένης}  4ἥτις αὐτοῖς προὐξένησε συμφορὰς ἀτόπους, τῷ μὲν οἰκτροτάτην παίδων βορὰν, τῷ δὲ σφαγὴν ἀνοσίαν τέκνων ἀδελφοῦ.  5τὸ γὰρ τεκέων ἀντὶ τοῦ τέκνων·  6ἑξῆς δὲ τεκέων χρόα τεμεῖν πυριγενεῖ παλάμᾳ.  7ἐπὶ τῶν γονέων δὲ ἔλαβε παρὰ τὸ τεκεῖν ἴσως.  —MBVCRb, partial MnPrS

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘because of the ancient disaster that occurred long ago’. He refers to the adultery of Atreus’s wife and the eating of the children of Thyestes, as he later adds. Or (explain) in this way: there having already existed in previous time a disaster {interpolated fragment of a different note: of his children, then the good fortune at Ilium, and again the misfortune that is now being represented in the tragedy} which caused them extraordinary misfortunes, for the one the most pitiable eating of his children, for the other the unholy slaughter of his brothers’ children. For ‘tekeōn’ (here) has the meaning of ‘teknōn’ (‘children’). And the simple word order is ‘to cut the flesh of children with fire-born hand’. But perhaps he (the poet) took (the word ‘tekeōn’) as applying to parents, (by etymological derivation) from ‘tekein’ (‘give birth’).

LEMMA: C, πάλαι παλαιᾶς MB(ἄλλως in marg.)VMnPrRb, πάλαι παλαιὰν S      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   M partly abraded   |   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B, τοῦ om. C   |    διὰ] δ̅ε̅ S   |    γεστερημένην Rb   |    2 τοῦ ἀτρέως MnPrS   |    τῆς βορᾶς MVCRb   |    τοῦ om. VRb   |    2–6 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. MnS, cont. with sch. 811.03   |    2 ὡς om. C   |    καὶ om. VPr   |    3–6 ἢ οὕτως κτλ] om. Pr, cont. with sch. 811.03   |    3 perhaps ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ προϋπαρξάσης   |    τὸν] τὴν Rb   |    συμφορὰν Rb   |    after συμφορᾶς add. κατὰ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τῆς βορᾶς V, after συμφορὰν add. ἐστὶ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τῆς βορρᾶς Rb   |    τῶν τέκνων … τραγῳδουμένης del. Schw.   |    τὸ om. Rb   |    4 αὐτοῖς] αὐτοὺς MCRb, αὐτὰς a.c. V   |    προξένισε M, προὐξένισε C, προσεξένησε V   |    τῶν μὲν οικτρ. C   |    οἰκτροτάτην Rb (conj. Schw.), ‑τάτων MBVC   |    παίδων βορ.] τέκνων βορ. MCRb(βορρὰν)   |    τὸ δὲ M, τῶν δὲ C   |    ὁσίαν MCRb   |    ἀδελφῶν VRb   |    5 τὸ γὰρ … τέκνων om. B   |    τοῦ om. C   |    6 τεκέων om. MBC   |    τέμνειν MBC   |    7 δὲ] καὶ Rb, punct. after γονέων and not before ἐπὶ   |    παρὰ] διὰ V, περὶ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμφορᾶν S   |    2 ἀτρέος Rb   |    ἐξ ἧς Rb, a.c. Pr   |    ἐπάγη C   |    3 app. προϋπαρ‑ corr. from προὑπ‑ M   |    6 ἐξῆς Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,12–20; Dind. II.209,25–210,8


Or. 811.02 (811–818) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν ⟨καὶ πάλαι⟩ γεγενημένην συμφοράν.  2λέγει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς γυναικὸς Ἀτρέως καὶ τὴν βορὰν τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου, ἃ σφάγια λέγεται τέκνων.  3ἐξ ἐκείνου γὰρ φόνοι συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον.   —Rf

TRANSLATION:  Because of the ancient disaster that occurred long ago. He refers to the adultery of Atreus’s wife and the eating of the children of Thyestes, which is called ‘sacrifices of children’. From that (event) continuous murders and slaughters one after another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any respite).

LEMMA: Rf      REF. SYMBOL: Rf      POSITION: folllows sch. 812.20 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς βορὰς (sic) Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλοι Rf   |    ἀτρειδων or ἀτρείδων Rf   


Or. 811.03 (811–818) (rec exeg) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: 1ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου,  2ὁ δὲ Θυέστης τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως ἔγημε τὴν Ἀερόπην.   —Ab, partial MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  Atreus murdered the sons of Thyestes; Thyestes had intercourse with the wife of Atreus, Aerope.

POSITION: marg. Ab; cont. from sch. 811.01 MnPrS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ μέν … θυέστου om. MnS   |    2 τὴν γυν. … ἀερόπην] ἔγημε Ἀερόπην τὴν γυν. ἀτρέως Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀερρόπην S   

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 813.04 (Rb).   


Or. 811.04 (811–818) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: Ὅμηρος φησὶν [Hom. Il. 2.106] ‘Ἀτρεὺς δέ θνῄσκων ἔλιπε⟨ν⟩ πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ’.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:  Homer says: ‘Atreus when dying left (the ancestral scepter) to Thyestes, rich in lambs’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.211,24–25

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 811.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν (πάλαι) γεγενημένην —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   γεγενημένην is above πάλαι and the remainder is to the right in the form of διὰ τὴν and ὰν and ὰν, spaced out. Thus, πάλαι is to be supplied from the line, and the participle goes with (συμφορ)ὰν.   


Or. 811.06 (pllgn rhet) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: παρήχησις  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  Alliteration.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   παράχρησις Zm   

KEYWORDS:  παρήχησις   


Or. 811.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον τὸ ὂν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον is probably inspired by the context and not evidence that the annotation belonged to a text that had πάλιν (Hartung’s conjecture for πάλαι) in the text.   


Or. 811.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: τῆς ἀρχαίας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   προκαιροῦ Cr   


Or. 811.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν τῶν δόμων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: ἢ οὕτως· διὰ τῆς προϋπαρξάσης  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παλαιᾶς⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Gu   


Or. 811.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παλαιᾶς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.14 (rec exeg) ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων: 1ποίας δὲ συμφορᾶς λέγει;  2ὁπότε παρὰ τοῦ ἀρνὸς ἦλθε τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις μεγάλη συμφορὰ, σφαγαὶ καὶ θοινήματα τῶν γενναίων τέκνων.   —VSa

TRANSLATION:  (From) what misfortune does he mean? When from the lamb there came to the Atreids a great misfortune, slaughters of and feastings on the noble children.

LEMMA: V(ὑπὸ a.c.)      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ om. Sa   |    λέγω Sa   |    τοῖς … σφαγαὶ] μεγάλα δεινὰ τοῖς ἀτρείδαις σφάγια Sa (cf. sch. 812.03)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρα Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,21–23; Dind. II.210,9–11


Or. 811.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων⟩: τῆς μοιχ⟨ε⟩ίας τῆς γυναικός τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ τῆς βορᾶς τοῦ Θυέστου  —Ab

TRANSLATION:  (The ‘misfortune of the house’ refers to) the adultery of the wife of Atreus and the eating (of his children) by Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων⟩: διπλῶς συντακτέον τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  ‘Of the Atreids’ is to be construed in two ways (with ‘house’ as well as with ‘prosperity and excellence’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   V3 understood the dative Ἀτρείδαις in 810 as serving for the genitive Ἀτρειδῶν (or intended to change the text of 810 to that case: sch. 810.29) and construed both back to 807 and forward to δόμων.   


Or. 811.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: διὰ τὰς  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: ἀπὸ μεγάλης δυστυχίας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: λύπης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.20 (tri gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: ἁμαρτίας  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορᾶς⟩: δυστυχίας  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 811.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F2   


Or. 812.01 (812–815) (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: 1Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος βασιλεύων Πελοποννήσου ηὔξατο ποτὲ ὅ τι ἂν κάλλιστον ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ γεννηθῇ, τοῦτο Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι.  2γεννηθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ χρυσᾶς ἀρνὸς τῆς εὐχῆς ἠμέλησε καὶ καθείρξας εἰς λάρνακα ἐφύλαττε.  3μέγα δέ τι φρονήσας ἐπὶ τῷ κτήματι κομπάζει ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς.  4ἠνίασε τοῦτο Θυέστην, καὶ ὑπῆλθεν ὡς ἐρῶν πεῖσαι τὴν Ἀερόπην δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὸ κτῆμα, λαβὼν δὲ ἀντεῖπε τῷ ἀδελφῷ ὡς οὐ δεόντως κομπάζοντι.  5ἔλεγε δὲ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ πλήθει δεῖν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν τὸν τὴν χρυσᾶν ἄρνα ἔχοντα.  6τοῦτο δὲ ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ τοῦ Ἀτρέως, Ζεὺς Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Ἀτρέα συνθέσθαι λέγων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ δηλοῖ περὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ὅτι μέλλει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ὁ ἥλιος.  7συνθεμένου δὲ περὶ τούτου ὁ ἥλιος τὴν δύσιν εἰς ἀνατολὰς ἐποιήσατο·  8ὅθεν ἐκμαρτυρήσαντος τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν πλεονεξίαν Θυέστου, τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀτρεὺς παρέλαβε καὶ Θυέστην ἐφυγάδευσεν.  —VRw

TRANSLATION:   Atreus the son of Pelops, being king of the Peloponnesus, once made a vow to sacrifice to Artemis whatever finest (animal) may be born in his flocks. When a golden lamb was born for him, he neglected his vow and kept it, having confined it in a chest. Having become really proud of this possession he brags in the marketplace. This pained Thyestes, and he beguiled Aerope as if in love with her, to persuade her to give him the possession. When he got it, he spoke against his brother, saying he was boasting improperly. And he himself said among the populace that the one who has the golden lamb should also have the kingship. When Atreus too agreed with this, Zeus sends Hermes to Atreus, telling him to make an agreement (with Thyestes) concerning the kingship, and he reveals (his plan) about the sunrise, that the sun is going to make the opposite journey. After he (Atreus) made the agreement about this, the sun made its setting to the east. And when the divine power had borne witness to the greedy usurpation of Thyestes, Atreus recovered the kingship and sent Thyestes into exile.

POSITION: marg. V; between 820.03 and 823.06 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 after πέλοπος add. υἱὸς Rw   |    γεννηθῇ] sch. Il., γεννηθῆναι· καὶ VRw   |    2 χρυσοῦ Rw   |    3 τῷ κτήματι] sch. Il., τ()῀ κτήμ()τ() V, τοῦ κτήματος Rw   |    τῆς ἀγορᾶς] Schw., τῆ ἀγορᾶ Rw, τ()῀ ἀγρ()῀ V [read as τοῦ ἀγροῦ Dind. and Schw., but could be τῆς ἀγ(ο)ρ(ᾶς)], κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν sch. Il.   |    4 ὑπελθὼν ὡς ἐρῶν ἔπεισε Schw. (based on indirect discourse version ὑπελθόντα ὡς ἐρῶντα πεῖσαι sch. Il.)   |    5 δεῖν καὶ] δεῖ με Rw   |    τὸν τὴν] V, τὸν Rw (τὸν τὸν Dindorf as if in V, but τ(ὴν) probable despite some damage)   |    χρυσᾶν ἄρνα] Schw. (χρυ()῀ ἄρνα V), χρυσῆν ἄρνα sch. Il., χρυσοῦν ἀρνὸν Rw, χρυσοῦν ἄρνα Dind.   |    6 ὁμολογοῦντα V   |    7 συνθεμένου] sch. Il., συνθέμενος Rw, perhaps V (συνθεμ()ν() with acute after it, ambig. placed)   |    ἀνατολὰς] Rw, sch. Il., ἀνατ()λ()(όν) V (\΄, app. a misinterpretation of a sign for ας)   |    8 ἐκμαρτ‑ sch. Il., εἰσμαρτ‑ VRw   |    πλεονεξίαν om. V (τὴν Θυέστου πλεονεξίαν sch. Il.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πελοπονήσου Rw   |    θύσαι V   |    4 ἀρρόπην Rw   |    6–7 ἥλιος twice written as symbol V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.180,24–181,11; Dind. II.211,26–212,12

COMMENT:   Schwartz wrongly ascribed this note to V1. It is crowded in the right margin of 47v, with the last phrase entered separately below the bottom block. V uses more truncation than usual here because of the limited space.   |    In 7 perhaps Rw’s συνθέμενος could be kept as Byzantine nominative absolute. In 8, V’s source probably had τὴν πλεον. θυέστου like Rw and not the order of Sch. Il., since the omission occurs at the point of transition from side margin to corner of page below the bottom block.   |    This is very similar to Sch. D Il. 2.106 Heyne Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος, βασιλεύων τῆς Πελοποννήσου, ηὔξατό ποτε, ὅ, τι ἂν κάλλιστον ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ γεννηθῇ, τοῦτο Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι. γεννηθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς, τῆς εὐχῆς μετημέλησεν, καὶ καθείρξας αὐτὴν εἰς λάρνακα ἐφύλαττε. μέγα δέ τι φρονῶν ἐπὶ τῷ κτήματι, κομπάζει κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν. Ἀνιώμενον δὲ ἐπὶ τουτῷ Θυέστην, ὑπελθόντα ὡς ἐρῶντα, πεῖσαι Ἀερόπην, ἐκδοῦναι αὐτῷ τὸ κτῆμα· λαβόντα δὲ, ἀντειπεῖν τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ὡς οὐ δεόντως περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου κομπάζει. αὐτὸς δὲ ἔλεγεν ἐν τῷ πλήθει, δεῖν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν τὸν τὴν χρυσῆν ἄρνα ἔχοντα. τοῦτο δὲ ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ Ἀτρέως, Ζεὺς Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς Ἀτρέα, συνθέσθαι λέγων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ δηλοῦν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς, διότι μέλλει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ὁ ἥλιος. συνθεμένου δὲ περὶ τούτων, ὁ ἥλιος τὴν δύσιν εἰς ἀνατολὰς ἐποιήσατο. ὅθεν ἐκμαρτυρήσαντος τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν Θυέστου πλεονεξίαν, τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀτρεὺς παρέλαβε, καὶ Θυέστην ἐφυγάδευσεν.   |   The narrative in VRw is somewhat unclear: Atreus appears to agree that whoever displays the golden lamb will be king, but thereafter makes an agreement whereby he wins with Zeus’ aid, as if the agreement were that whoever displays the most amazing wonder will rule. Thyestes’ period of rule after proving his possession of the golden lamb is thus elided.   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 812.02 (812–15) (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: 1Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος βασιλεύων τῆς Πελοποννήσου ηὔξατο ποτὲ ὅ τι ἐὰν κάλλιστον ἀρνίον γεννηθῇ ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῷ, τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι θυσιάσαι τοῦτο.  2εὐθὺς δὲ ἐγεννήθη ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῳ χρυσοῦς ἀρνὸς, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐπέραστον ἠμέλησε τῆς εὐχῆς.  3ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς τὸν Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Ἀτρέα ὅπως ποιήσῃ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστου κληρονόμῃ.  4καὶ ποιήσας οὕτως τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστου ἀδελφοῦ ἐκληρονόμει.  5βασιλεύσας δὲ ἔτεκε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον.  6μέλλων δὲ πάλιν(?) τελευτᾶν Ἀτρεὺς τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστῃ καταλιμπάνει ὅπως ἀνδριθέντι Ἀγαμέμνονι ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν.  7ἔχοντες γὰρ, ὡς φασὶ τινὲς, οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐκεῖνο δέρας τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνείου, ὡς πατρικόν τι καὶ ἐξαίρετον σημεῖον ἐπιφέροντες,  8καὶ διὰ τὸ ψευσθῆναι εἰς τὴν θεὸν—καὶ οὐ τελείως τὴν θυσίαν ἀνέφερον—πολλὰς συμφορὰς καὶ χαλεπὰς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ καὶ οἱ ἔκγονοι εἴδησαν.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   Atreus son of Pelops, being king of the Peloponnesus, once vowed to sacrifice to Artemis whatever finest lamb may be born in his flock. And straightaway a golden lamb was born in the flock, and because of its beauty he neglected his vow. And Zeus sends Hermes to Atreus so that he will make the promise and obtain the kingship of Thyestes. And having done thus, he obtained the kingship of his brother Thyestes. Having become king, he sired Agamemnon and Menelaus. And in turn when about to die Atreus leaves the kingship to Thyestes so that when Agamemnon comes of age he will give the kingship to him. For the Atreids, having, as some people say, that golden fleece of the golden-fleeced lamb, carrying it [or: bringing it forth?] as a kind of special ancestral symbol, and because they were deceitful toward the goddess and they did not completely offer up the sacrifice, both the sons and their offspring knew many harsh misfortunes.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐπέραστον] Dind. without note, ἐπάραστον Rf [same corruption in Photius ε 1369 ἐπάραστοι· ἐπαγωγοί]   |    6 ἀνδριθέντ() Rf, ἀνδρωθέντι Dind. without note   |    ἀγαμέμνονι] Dind. without note, ἀγαμέμνων Rf   |    8 εἴδοισαν Rf, del. Dind. (reading τελεῖν for τελείως, with different punct.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πελοπονήσου Rf   |    γεννηθὴ Rf   |    θυσιᾶσαι Rf   |    ἠμέλλησε app. Rf   |    3 ἑρμὴν Rf   |    ποιήσει a.c. Rf   |    5 ἀγαμέμνωνα Rf   |    6 τελευτὰν Rf   |    ἐπιδόσει Rf   |    7 Ἀτρείδαι Rf   |    δέρρας Rf   |    χρυσομάλου Rf   |    πατρικὸν τί Rf   |    8 χαλαιπὰς Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.212,13–26

COMMENT:   For ἀνδριθέντι instead of ἀνδρισθέντι, TLG offers two instances in Byzantine texts (ἀνδριθέν, ἀνδιθέντος). The style here is very informal, not to say ungrammatical, and it is not good method to classicize it or smooth its roughness.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   |   mythography   


Or. 812.03 (812–815) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ὁπότε περὶ τῆς ἀρνὸς ἦλθε †μεγάλης δεινῆς† τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις σφάγια καὶ θοινήματα τῶν εὐγενῶν τέκνων  —Pr

POSITION: follows sch. 812.21 (with large blank space separating) Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   e.g. μεγάλη καὶ δεινὴ ἔρις (cf. sch. 811.14 app.)   |    εὐγενῶν] ἐμῶν Pr   


Or. 812.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: 1Πέλοπος Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης ἦσαν υἱοί.  2Ἀτρεὺς δὲ τὸν ἀμφιμήτριον ἀδελφὸν αὐτῶν Χρύσιππον ἀγαπώμενον ἀμέτρως ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν φθονήσας εἰς φρέαρ ἀποπνίγει.  3ὃ μαθὼν Πέλοψ ἐξώρισεν αὐτόν.  4ὕστερον δὲ μετὰ θάνατον Πέλοπος ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν τῆς βασιλείας ἀντεποιεῖτο,  5Ἀτρεὺς μὲν, ὡς πρῶτος ὢν κατὰ νόμους, Θυέστης δὲ τοῖς νόμοις ἐναντιούμενος.  6συνέθεντο οὖν ὡς, εἴ τις αὐτῶν δείξει τι τέρας, κύριος ἔσεσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς.  7ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις δὲ τοῦ Ἀτρέως εὕρηται χρυσοῦν ἀρνίον μήνιδι Ἑρμοῦ, ὅτι τὸν τούτου υἱὸν Μυρτίλον εἰς Γεραιστὸν ἀκρωτήριον Εὐβοίας κατεθαλάττωσε Πέλοψ.  8καὶ μέλλοντος Ἀτρέως δεῖξαι τὸ τέρας τοῖς δικασταῖς καὶ λαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν, Ἀερόπη ἡ τούτου γυνὴ, μοιχευομένη Θυέστῃ τῷ ἀνδραδέλφῳ, κλέψασα τοῦτο δέδωκεν αὐτῷ.  9Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν τοῦτο καὶ δείξας τοῖς δικασταῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐκράτησε.  10μὴ ἀνασχόμενος οὖν Ἀτρεὺς τὴν συμφορὰν καὶ δυσχεραίνων ὅτι ἀδίκως ἐστέρηται τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὁμοῦ τε τὴν γυναῖκα Ἀερόπην τιμωρεῖται κατ’ ἄμφω,  11καὶ ὅτι ἐμοιχᾶτο Θυέστῃ καὶ ὅτι κέκλοφε τὸ ἀρνίον καὶ δέδωκεν αὐτῷ, ῥίψας αὐτὴν εἰς θάλατταν, ὥς φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Aj. 1297],  12καὶ τοὺς τρεῖς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, Ἀγλαὸν, Ὀρχομενὸν καὶ Κάλεον κτείνας παρέθηκεν εἰς τράπεζαν τῷ πατρὶ, καὶ αὐτὸν ὕστερον ἀπέκτεινε.  13δι’ ἃ ἥλιος μὴ στέρξας τὸ παράνομον μίαν ἡμέραν ἐκ δυσμῶν πρὸς ἕω διφρεύει.  14σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ αἱ Πλειάδες τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ἐβάδισαν.  —ZZaZlZmTGu, partial Zb

TRANSLATION:   Atreus and Thyestes were sons of Pelops. Atreus, because of jealousy of their half-brother from a different mother, Chrysippus, who was immoderately doted on by their father, drowns him in a well. When Pelops learned of this, he exiled him. He returned from exile later after the death of Pelops, and each of them laid claim to the kingship, Atreus as being first (in line) according to laws/customs, but Thyestes acting against laws/customs. So they made a compact that if any of them will display some portent, he will be empowered with the rule. In the flocks of Atreus was found a golden lamb because of the wrath of Hermes caused by the fact that Pelops had thrown into the sea at Geraestus, a promontory of Euboea, the son of this (god), Myrtilus. And when Atreus was on the point of displaying the portent to the judges and acquiring the rule, Aerope, his wife, who was engaging in adultery with her brother-in-law Thyestes, stole it and gave it to him. Thyestes, taking this and displaying it to the judges, got control of the rule. Not enduring this misfortune and full of resentment at having been unjustly deprived of the rule, Atreus both avenges himself on Aerope for both things—both because she was committing adultery with Thyestes and because she had stolen the lamb and given it to him—by casting her into the sea, as Sophocles says, and after killing the three sons of Thyestes, Aglaus, Orchomenus, and Kaleus, set them before his father for dinner and later killed Thyestes himself. Because of these things the sun, not tolerating the transgressive act, rides his chariot for one day from the west to the east, and together with him the Pleiades too traveled their course in reverse.

LEMMA: label ἱστορία περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου T, ἱστορία Gu      REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἦσαν υἱοὶ transp. before Ἁτρεὺς Zl   |    after υἱοί add. τοῦ υἱοῦ Ταντάλου T   |    2 ἀγαπώμενον om., in marg. add. Z   |    4 τῆς om. Za   |    5 κατὰ τοὺς νόμους Zm   |    6 τί τέρας δείξει transp. ZZa   |    7 μήνιδι Ἑρμοῦ … Πέλοψ] om. ZZaT   |    8–13 τὸ τέρας κτλ lost in Zb (folio lost between 47v and 48r)   |    after ἀνδραδ. add. αὐτῆς Zl   |    10 τὴν συμφορὰν καὶ] ἀλλὰ T   |    κατ’ ἄμφω τιμωρεῖται transp. ZZa   |    11 ἐμοιχεύετο Gu   |    εἰς τὴν θάλ. Za   |    12 Ἀγλαὸν] app. ἀγακον(?) Zl   |    ἀποκτείνας T   |    παρέθηκεν εἰς τράπ.] ἀνέθηκε Gu   |    14 δὲ om. T   |    ὁδὸν om. ZZa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀμφίτριον Zb   |    ἀπεπνίγει Zb   |    4 -ῆλθεν ZZa   |    6 τί all   |    7 μυρτῖλον Zm   |    γεραστὸν Zl   |    8 μυχευομένη T (not Ta)   |    10 τὲ all   |    11 θάλασσαν Za, s.l. Z   |    ὡς φησὶ ZZaGu   |    12 ὀρ⟦ον⟧/χομενὸν Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.210,19–211,16

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Sophocles   |   mythography   


Or. 812.05 (812–815) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ζήτει τὴν ἱστορίαν τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς ἔμπροσθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ β Σοφοκλέους.  —Yf

TRANSLATION:  Look for the narrative of the golden lamb later (in this codex) at the beginning of the second (drama) of Sophocles.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   One would expect the narrative (see next scholion) to be found in the prefatory items accompanying Sophocles’ Electra, second in the triad, but it is in fact found on fol. 211r of Yf among the preliminary texts at the beginning of Ajax (first of the triad).   

KEYWORDS:  ἱστορία   


Or. 812.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: 1Πέλοψ γεννᾷ υἱοὺς τρεῖς, Ἀτρέα, Θυέστην, Χρύσιππον. ἠγαπᾶτο οὖν ὡς εὐειδὴς καὶ ὕστατος πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ὁ Χρύσιππος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου πατρός.  2φθονήσας ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφὸν Χρύσιππον ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ κτείνας εἰς φρέαρ βαθὺ ἐνέβαλε.  3τοῦτο γνοὺς ὁ πατὴρ τὸν Ἀτρέα ἐξώρισε, τελευτῶν δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ τῷ Θυέστῃ κατέλιπεν.  4εἶτα μετὰ μόρον τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἐλθὼν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐξαιτεῖν ἤθελε, ὡς πρῶτος υἱὸς καὶ κατὰ νόμους αἰτῶν, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης οὐ παρεχώρει.  5μόλις οὖν ἄμφω στοιχήσαντες ὡς εἴ τις τοῖς δικασταῖς τέρας τι ἐπιδείξει τὴν βασιλέιαν ἀναμφιβόλως κρατεῖν, ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ Ἀτρέως χρυσοῦν ἀρνίον ἐγεννήθη.  6ἡ δὲ γυνὴ τούτου μοιχευομένη παρὰ τοῦ Θυέστου, λαβοῦσα λάθρα τοῦτο τῷ Θυέστῃ παρέδωκεν.  7ὁ δὲ τοῖς δικασταῖς ἐμφανίζει, οἱ δὲ κυρῶσι τούτῳ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν.  8μετέπειτα δὲ τὸ πραχθὲν γνοὺς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὴν ἰδίαν γυναῖκα ἔρριψεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θυέστου φονεύει καὶ ἑψητὸν ποιήσας τῷ ἰδίῳ πατρὶ εἰς βορὰν παρέθηκε.  9τελευταῖον καὶ τὸν Θυέστην κτείνει καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν λαμβάνει.  10ἐξ οὗ καὶ μυθεύονται ὡς ὁ ἤλιος ἰδὼν τὴν παρανομίαν ταύτην καὶ μὴ ἐνεγκὼν τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον βαδίζειν κατέλιπε καὶ πρὸς ἑτέραν ζώνην τοῦ οὐρανοῦ προσεχώρησε, διὸ καὶ αἱ Πλειάδες αὐτῷ ἀκολουθοῦσιν.   —Yf

TRANSLATION:  Pelops sires three sons, Atreus, Thyestes, and Chrysippus. Now then, Chrysippus was beloved by his own father more than the others because he was beautiful and last-born. Having become jealous, Atreus killed his own brother Chrysippus, and after killing him threw (the body) into a deep well. When his father learned of this, he exiled Atreus, and when he died he left his kingship to Thyestes. Then after the death of his father Atreus came and wanted to demand the kingship, as first-born son and as making his request in accordance with laws/customs, but Thyestes did not give way. After they just barely reached an agreement that if anyone will display some portent to the judges he will hold the kingship without dispute, a golden lamb was born in the flocks of Atreus. But his wife, being in an adulterous relationship with Thyestes, took this (lamb) secretly and turned it over to Thyestes. He shows it to the judges, and they ratify for him his possession of the kingship. Afterwards, when Atreus learned what had been done, he cast his own wife into the sea and he kills the son of Thyestes and after cooking him set him before his father to eat. Finally, he kills Thyestes too and takes the kingship. As a result they also tell the story that the sun, when he saw this transgression and did not abide it, abandoned going along his own course and headed to a different zone of the sky, wherefore the Pleiades too follow him.

POSITION: on fol. 211r among the preliminary texts at the beginning of Soph. Ajax (see prev.); follows sch. 5.02a      

APP. CRIT.:   4 ἐξαιτῶν Yf   |    γνοὺς] γοὺς a.c. Yf   |    8 εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν om., s.l. add. Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 τί Yf   |    10 πλειάδαις Yf   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 812.06a (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ Ἀτρεὺς λαβὼν τὴν Ἀερόπην τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα συγκοιμωμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἰκείου οἰκέτου δέδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ Πλεισθένῃ ὅπως ῥίψῃ αὐτὴν βορὰν τοῖς ἰχθύσι.  2ὁ δὲ λαβὼν αὐτὴν ἔσχεν ὡς παλ⟨λ⟩ακίδα.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   When he caught Aerope, his own wife, sleeping with his own household slave, Atreus gave her to Pleisthenes for him to cast her (into the sea) as food for the fish. But when he (Pleisthenes) received her, he took her as his mistress.

POSITION: on fol. 210v, among miscellaneous mythographic notes before Ajax      

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 812.07 (812–813) (mosch exeg) ὁπότε χρυσέας ἔρις: 1ὁπότε ἦλθε τοῖς Τανταλίδαις, ἤγουν τοῖς ἀπογόνοις τοῦ Ταντάλου, ἡ ἔρις τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς.  2ἔρις γὰρ τινὸς λέγεται καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει αὐτὸς πρός τινα, καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει τις πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἣν ἕτεροι ἐρίζουσι περὶ αὐτοῦ.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF4

TRANSLATION:  When there came to the Tantalids, that is, the descendants of Tantalus, the strife of the golden lamb. For ‘strife of someone’ is the term used for a strife that someone engages in oneself with any person, a strife that any person engages in with someone, and a strife that other people engage in over him (that someone).

LEMMA: G      POSITION: precedes sch. 807.04 F4      

APP. CRIT.:   1 χρυσὸς app. X   |    after ἀρνὸς add. ἤγουν ἡ περὶ τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνός T   |    2 ἣν ἐρίζει αὐτὸς πρός τινα καὶ om. XaY   |    τινα καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει τις πρὸς om. F4   |    ἐρίζουσιν ἕτεροι transp. T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.210,12–15


Or. 812.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁπότε⟩: ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἀφ’ οὗ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁπότε⟩: καὶ ὁπηνίκα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁπότε⟩: λέγω  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: ἕνεκεν  —KMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκα K   


Or. 812.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: περὶ τῆς χρυσέας  —V3Y2

LEMMA: χρυσ** in text V, χρυσοῦς V1/2      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παρὰ V3   |    χρυσέας om. Y2   


Or. 812.13 (thom gloss) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: διὰ τὸ ἔριον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: τῆς χρυσῆς  —F2GuB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. B3d   |    τῆς om. Gu   


Or. 812.15 (tri metr) ⟨(χρυ)σέας⟩: συνίζησις  —T

TRANSLATION:  Synizesis.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 812.16 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 812.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: τῆς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρις⟩: φιλονεικία  —Xo2GuZuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Xo2, καὶ ἡ prep. Zu, ἤγουν prep. Ox2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑νικία Ox2   


Or. 812.19 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἔρις⟩:  —F2GB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.20 (rec exeg) ἀρνὸς: 1ἡ Ἀερόπη γυνὴ ἦν τοῦ Ἀτρέως, μήτηρ δὲ Ἀγαμέμνονος καὶ Μενελάου.  2γεννᾶται δέ ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῳ αὐτοῦ χρυσοῦς ἀρνὸς,  3καὶ περὶ βασιλείας μετὰ Θυέστου τοῦ ἀδελφου αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἀμφισβητῶν καὶ δι’ ἔργων ἔχων δείξειν λέγει{ν} τίνι προσήκει τὸ βασιλεύειν.  4καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζεν εἰς τὸν χρυσοῦν ἄρνα.  5ἡ Ἀερόπη μοιχευθεῖσα παρὰ τοῦ Θυέστου τοῦ ἀνδραδέλφου αὐτῆς κλέπτει τὸν ἄρνα καὶ τῷ Θυέστῃ δίδωσι τοῦτον.  6δι’ ὃ καὶ διαλαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῦ χοροῦ καὶ κακίζει τὸ γινόμενον.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   Aerope was the wife of Atreus and mother of Agamemnon and Menelaus. A golden lamb is born in his flock, and Atreus, disputing with his brother Thyestes about the kingship and having (it) through deeds(?) says he will show to whom it is fitting to be king. For he had his hopes in the golden lamb. Aerope, having been seduced by her brother-in-law Thyestes, steals the lamb and gives this to Thyestes. For which reason it is treated in detail(?) by the chorus and (the chorus) reproaches what happened.

LEMMA: Rf      REF. SYMBOL: Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   3 δι’ ἔργων] Dind., διέργων Rf   |    λέγει{ν} Mastr.   |    4 χρυσὸν Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀγαμέμνωνος Rf   |    2 γεννᾶτε Rf   |    5 μοιχευθῆσα Rf   |    6 παρα Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.211,17–24

COMMENT:   δι’ ἔργων ἔχων in 3 is obscure and there may be corruption in this phrase and extending after it; or perhaps the author intended ‘being able (to show) through deeds, he says he will show’.   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 812.21 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρνός⟩: 1ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ ἄρς τοῦ ἀρνός τῷ ἀρνί τὸν ἄρνα.  2ἢ οὕτως, ὁ ῥήν καὶ κλίματι τοῦ ῥηνός καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ η εἰς α ῥανός καὶ ἐν ὑπερβιβασμῷ ἀρνός, ἡ δοτικὴ τῷ ἀρνί, ἡ αἰτιατικὴ τὸν ἄρνα.   —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  The nominative ‘ho ars’, (other cases) ‘tou arnos’, ‘tōi arni’, ‘ton arna’. Or (derived) thus: ‘ho rēn’ and by declension ‘tou rēnos’, and with a conversion of the eta to alpha ‘ranos’, and by metathesis ‘arnos’, the dative ‘tōi arni’, the accusative ‘ton arna’.

POSITION: follows sch. 819.08 (at bottom of page) with cross Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν ἄρνα] τὸν ἀρνὶ τὸν ἄρνα S   |    2 καὶ κλίματι om. MnS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἃρς S   |    2 τροπὴ S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.210,17–19

COMMENT:   Most of this etymology is closely matched by passages in Epimer. Homer. (e.g., α 182,2–9) and Etymologica (e.g. Et. Gud. 204,24–205,4 de Stefani), but the nominative form ἄρς is attested elsewhere only in Sch. rec. Genov. Hom Il. 1.94 Nicole, explaining ἀρητήρ as from ἄρς. On the possibility of a monosyllabic nominative see next scholion.   


Or. 812.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀρνὸς⟩: 1σημείωσαι ὅτι τὸ ἀρνὸς κατὰ τοὺς παλαιοὺς οὐκ ἀπὸ μονοσυλλάβου εὐθείας κλίνεται.  2ἄρρητος γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη.  3ἀλλ’ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα δισύλλαβος ἀρ{ρ}ὴν ἀρ{ρ}ένος, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατὰ συγκοπὴν τὸ ἀρνὸς, τῷ ἀρνὶ, καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ κλίσις.  4ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ ἡ λέξις παρὰ τὴν ἀρὰν ὅ ἐστι τὴν εὐχήν, ὅτι τε ἐν εὐχαῖς παρελαμβάνετο τὸ ζῶον θυόμενον καὶ ὅτι ἄλλως εὐκταῖον ἦν ἡ τῶν τετραπόδων κτῆσις τοῖς παλαιοῖς.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:  Note that the word ‘arnos’ according to the ancients is not declined from a monosyllabic nominative. Such a nominative is not spoken (attested). But there is a disyllabic nominative ‘arēn’, (genitive) ‘arenos’, and from it by syncope ‘arnos’, ‘tōi arni’ and the remaining declension. The word is etymologized from ‘ara’ meaning ‘prayer’, because the animal, being sacrificed, used to be taken along in acts of prayer and because in any case the possession of four-footed (herd-)animals was, for the ancients, something to be prayed for.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀρὴν ἀρένος] Eust. and others, ἀρρὴν ἀρρένος Y2   

COMMENT:   The etymology is well-attested in the usual sources (Photius α 2805, Et. Gen. α 1164, α 1209, etc.), but this is clearly taken from Eust. in Il. 1.66 [I.80,5–10] (who begins τὸ δὲ ἀρνῶν κατὰ … ) because it contains his distinctive phrases 1–3 οὐκ ἀπὸ … δισύλλαβος and 4 καὶ ὅτι … παλαιοῖς.   

KEYWORDS:  syncope   


Or. 812.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρνὸς⟩: ἕνεκεν  —AbG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκα G   


Or. 812.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρνὸς⟩: περὶ τῆς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 812.25 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀρνὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 813.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤλυθε Τανταλίδαις⟩: 1ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ηὔξατο τῆ Ἀρτέμιδι λέγων εἴ τι κάλλιστον γεννηθῇ ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ δοῦναι αὐτῇ θυσίαν.  2ἐγεννήθη οὖν χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνίον, καὶ τὸ μὲν κρέας τοῦ ἀρνὸς ἔθυσε τῆ Ἀρτέμιδι, τοῦ δὲ δέρματος ἐφείσατο, ὃ εἶχεν εἰς φύλαξιν μεγάλην.  3περὶ τῆς βασιλείας οὖν ἐρίσαντες ἄμφω, ὅ τε Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης, ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἔφη ἐκεῖνον δεῖ βασιλεύειν ὅστις τι τέρας τῶν θεῶν δείξει.  4ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἦν ἐλπίζων ὅτι ἐκεῖνος κέκτηται τὸ χρυσόμαλλον δέρμα.  5οὗ καὶ ἀπέτυχεν·  6ἔκλεψε γὰρ αὐτὸ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ Ἀερόπη καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ Θυέστῃ ὅστις ἐμοίχευεν αὐτὴν, οὐδαμῶς τοῦτο εἰδὼς ὁ Ἀτρεύς.  7τούτου δὲ γενομένου εἰς ἀπορίαν ἦλθεν ὁ Ἀτρεὺς.  8ὁ δὲ Ἑρμῆς φειδόμενος τοῦ Ἀτρέως συνεβούλευσεν αὐτῷ αἰτῆσαι τὸν Δία ἀνατεῖλαι τὸν ἥλιον ἀπὸ τοῦ μέρους τῆς δύσεως, ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο.  9καὶ οὕτω πάλιν ἐκράτησε τῆς βασιλείας.  10τὰς δὲ Πλειάδας ἐποίησεν ὁ Ζεὺς ἀνατεῖλαι ἀπὸ τοῦ μέρους τῆς ἀνατολῆς.  —MnPrRbS

TRANSLATION:   Atreus made a vow to Artemis promising to give her as a sacrifice whatever finest animal may be born in his flocks. So then, a golden-fleeced lamb was born, and while he sacrificed the flesh of the lamb to Artemis, he spared the hide (from burning as a sacrifice), which he kept under very secure guard. So then, the two, Atreus and Thyestes, having come into strife about the kingship, Atreus said that that one ought to be king who will display some portent from the gods. Atreus was hopeful because he possessed the golden-fleeced hide. He in fact lost this. For his wife Aerope had stolen it and given it to Thyestes, who was her adulterous lover, with Atreus having no idea at all of this. When this happened, Atreus found himself at a loss. But Hermes, having compassion for Atreus, advised him to ask Zeus that the sun rise from the region of the setting, which indeed occurred. And thus he again took control of the kingship. And Zeus made the Pleiades rise from the region of the (sun’s) rising.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Pr      REF. SYMBOL: Rb at 813-814      POSITION: follows sch. 819.08 MnS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἤρξατο S   |    γενν. … αὐτοῦ om. S   |    γεννηθῆναι Mn   |    2 ἐγένηθη MnS   |    3–4 καὶ θυέστης … ὁ μὲν ἀτρεὺς om. Rb   |    3 ὁ add. before θυέστης Mn   |    τι τέρας] τίς S   |    4 χρυσόμαλλον om. MnPrS   |    5 οὗ] οἷ MnPrS   |    7 τούτου … ἀτρεύς om. S   |    8 συνεβούλευεν Rb   |    ἀνατεῖλαι … μέρους τῆς om. S   |    ἀνατεῖλαι] ἀνατεῖναι Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ‑μαλον S   |    3 ἐρείσαντες MnPr, ἐρείσατες S   |    βασιλέβειν Mn   |    τί MnPr   |    6 οὐδαμὼς Mn   |    8 δίαν Mn   |    9 οὕτως Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.212, app. at 13

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 813.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἤλυθε⟩: ἦλθε  —M2F2ZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 813.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἤλυθε⟩: ἤγαγε  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 813.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: 1ἤτοι Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ.  2ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως ἔγημεν, ἥτις ἦν Ἀερόπη.   —Rb

TRANSLATION:  (‘Tantalidae’,) that is, Atreus and Thyestes. Atreus murdered the sons of Thyestes; Thyestes had intercourse with the wife of Atreus, who was Aerope.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ γυναικὶ Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  cf. Dind. II.209, app. at 26

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 811.03 in AbMnPrS.   


Or. 813.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: ἤγουν τῷ Θυέστῃ καὶ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 813.06 (thom gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ  —ZZaZlZmTGuXo2ZcB3a

POSITION: s.l., cont. from next Xo2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zc   |    τῶ add. before ἀτρεῖ ZcXo2B3a   |    τῶ add. before θυέστῃ ZcB3a   


Or. 813.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ Ταντάλου  —Xo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς ἀπὸ ταυτοῦ add. Ox2   


Or. 813.08 (rec gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. AaAb   


Or. 813.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: τοῖς ἀπογόνους τοῦ Ταντάλου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   app. θαντάλου a.c. Gu   


Or. 813.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τοῦ Ταντάλου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 813.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: τοῖς  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.01 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα θοινάματα⟩: διὰ τὰ  —PrB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα θοινάματα⟩: φέρουσι τοῖς Τανταλίδαις  —Zu

LEMMA: θοινήματα in text Zu      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα θοινάματα⟩: ὁπότε ἐγένετο  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.04 (thom gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα θοινάματα⟩: λέγω  —ZmGGu, perhaps Z

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   only indistinct traces Z   


Or. 814.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα⟩: ἐλεεινότατα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα⟩: καὶ ἐλεεινὰ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰκτρότατα⟩: ἀθλίως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨θοινάματα⟩: εὐωχήματα  —AaMnPrRf2SXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZaZlCr2OxB3d, app. Z

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 814.04 G      

APP. CRIT.:   only indistinct traces Z   |    καὶ prep. Ox   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,1


Or. 814.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨θοινάματα⟩: εὐωχίαι  —M2AbZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εὐοχ‑ Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,1


Or. 814.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοινάματα⟩: καὶ βρώματα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοινάματα⟩: ἀναθήματα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.12 (mosch etaGloss) ⟨θοινάματα⟩: θοινήματα  —XXbXoYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 814.13 (rec exeg) ⟨θύματα⟩: θοινήματα  —K

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘thumata’, ‘sacrifices’, there is a variant reading) ‘thoinēmata’ (‘feasts’).

LEMMA: thus in text K      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 815.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σφάγια γενναίων τεκέων⟩: συγγενικὰ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is possibly a corruption of sch. 815.08.   


Or. 815.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφαγαί  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Sphagia’ in the sense of) ‘sphagai’ (‘sacrificial slaughters’).

POSITION: s.l. except XG, prep. to sch. 816.13 G      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. T, καὶ αἱ prep. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,3


Or. 815.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφάγια τὰ σφαζόμενα καὶ αἱ σφαγαί.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘Sphagia’ are the victims being sacrificed and the acts of sacrificial slaughter.

POSITION: s.l. TYGr, marg. Xa, intermarg. Xb      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,3


Or. 815.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφακτὰ, σφαζόμενα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 815.05 (tri metr) ⟨σφάγι(α)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 815.06 (vet exeg) γενναίων τεκέων: τῶν εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:  The noble children of Thyestes.

LEMMA: Rw, σφάγια γενναίων τεκέων MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. MB, follows sch. 816.01 B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,12–13; Dind. II.213,4–5


Or. 815.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨γενναίων⟩: εὐγενῶν  —OV2AaFKXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZuCr2OxB2

POSITION: s.l. (O under last line of page)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, τῶν prep. K   


Or. 815.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναίων⟩: συγγενικῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 815.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨τεκέων⟩: τοῦ Θυέστου  —OM2ZZaZlZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT.:   τέκνων prep. T   


Or. 815.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τεκέων⟩: τέκνων  —V3FSaXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcCrOx

LEMMA: τοκέων in text Sa,. a.c. F      POSITION: s.l. (Gr under word)      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. G, καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   

COMMENT:   Triclinius’s cross above here perhaps indicates that he himself (and not Thomas) has τέκνων in common with Moschopulus. See on sch. 512.02.   


Or. 815.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοκέων⟩: τεκέων  —Z

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘tokeōn’, ‘parents’, there is a variant reading) ‘tekeōn’ (‘children’).

LEMMA: thus in text Z      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 815.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τοκέων⟩: τῶν  —Aa

LEMMA: thus in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 815.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τέκνων⟩: τεκέων  —Rf

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘teknōn’, ‘children’, there is a variant reading) ‘tekeōn’ (‘children’).

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.01 (816–818) (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν … Ἀτρείδαις⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ φόνοι συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   From that (cause or time) continuous murders and slaughters one after another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any respite).

POSITION: intermarg. MB; cont. from sch. 815.06 MCRw, follows sch. 815.06 B      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνου B, πόνοι Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,13–14; Dind. II.213,9–10

COMMENT:   At first glance, Rw’s πόνοι might seem to support Willink’s emendation of the text to πόνῳ πόνοι, printed by Diggle. Unfortunately, the following καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ points in the direction of πόνοι being an error secondary to the reading φόνοι in the paraphrase.   


Or. 816.02 (816–818) (pllgn wdord) α (ὅθεν), β (οὐ προλείπει), γ (δισσοῖσιν ἀτρ.), δ (φόνος), ε (ἐξαμείβων), ϛ (φόνω), ζ (δι’ αἵματος)  —V3Y2


Or. 816.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ  —ZZaZlGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from that (critical) moment’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,6


Or. 816.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: τὸ ὅθεν ἢ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ, ὡς ἐντὸς, ἢ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας, τῆς βρώσεως τῶν τέκνων.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  ‘Hothen’ (‘whence’, means) either ‘from that moment’, as (glossed in the annotation) inside, or ‘from this cause’, the eating of the children.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὅθεν ἢ om. Zm   |    ὡς ἐντὸς om. Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,6–8

COMMENT:   ὡς ἐντὸς in Gu here refers to the relative positions of this and the previous annotation: sch. 816.03 is to the left, farther from the inner margin, and thus ‘inside’ 816.04 in terms of the page layout.   


Or. 816.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἤγουν ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ  —Ox2

TRANSLATION:   (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from which (critical) moment’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφοῦ Ox2   


Or. 816.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: καὶ ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from which cause’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘and from this cause’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —KRfXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφοῦ KRf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,6


Or. 816.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: 1ὁ φόνος ὁ κατὰ διαδοχὴν γενόμενος δι’ αἵματος.  2τὸ γὰρ προγεγονὸς αἷμα ἤγουν ὁ {ὁ} πρότερος φόνος διεγείρει γενέσθαι τὸν δεύτερον, οὗτος δὲ τὸν τρίτον, εἶτα κατὰ διαδοχὴν τοὺς ἑξῆς.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:  The murder that occurred in succession through bloodshed. For the bloodshed that happened earlier, that is, the previous murder, incites the occurrence of the second one, and this one (incites) the third, then in succession the following ones.

REF. SYMBOL: Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐδιέγειρεν s.l. Y2   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 816.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διαδέχεται  —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: ἐπὶ φόνῳ φόνος δι’ αἵματος κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐρχόμενος, φόνος φόνον διαδεχόμενος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCr2

TRANSLATION:  On top of murder, murder coming in succession through bloodshed; murder succeeding to murder.

LEMMA: φόνῳ φόνος G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfCr2, marg. Gr      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ αἱ σφαγαὶ (= sch. 815.02) inserted between lemma and note G   |    after ἐρχ. add. ἤγουν T   |    φόνον] φόνου Y   |    οὐ προλείπει add. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,10–12


Or. 816.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διαδεχόμενος  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,8–9


Or. 816.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διερχόμενος  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For διερχόμενος as a gloss on ἐξαμείνων, see sch. 816.24 (cf. 816.26). But the object φόνον here makes the choice odd, and perhaps διερχ‑ is a corruption of διαδεχ-.   


Or. 815.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ἐν  —FKZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ἐπὶ  —XoG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.17 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: προγεγονότι  —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ prep. Zl   


Or. 816.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: φόνον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This gloss is to be read with sch. 816.25 διαδεχόμενος.   


Or. 816.19 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: τῷ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνος⟩: τῶν παίδων τοῦ Ἀτρέως  —V3

TRANSLATION:  (‘Killing’, namely,) of the sons of Atreus.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φόνος⟩:  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 816.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμείβων⟩: κατὰ διαδοχὴν γενόμενος  —VAa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: s.l. V, marg. Aa      


Or. 816.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμείβων⟩: διαλάσσων περιχορεύων(?)  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   The second word is obscured by repair tape, but an older image from microfilm shows the obscured letters somewhat more clearly than the newer color image.   


Or. 816.24 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμείβων⟩: διερχόμενος  —M2RfZZaZmTGuCr

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZmCr   


Or. 816.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξαμείβων⟩: διαδεχόμενος  —XoFG

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Excerpted from the Moschopulean sch. 816.12.   


Or. 816.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμείβων⟩: κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐρχόμενος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δι’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ φόνου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: σφαγῆς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,13


Or. 817.04 (thom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: συγγενείας  —ZZaZlZmTV3FY2GuB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῆς prep. V3, διὰ τῆς prep. Y2   |    συγγενείας app. in erasure V3   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,13


Or. 817.05 (817–818) (vet exeg) οὐ προλείπει δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις: 1τὰ θατέρῳ συμβάντα κατὰ ἀμφοτέρων ἐξήνεγκεν.  2τί γὰρ δεινὸν ὁ Μενέλαος ἐπανελθὼν πέπονθεν; εἰ μὴ τὰ ἐν Ἰλίῳ δι’ αὐτὸν γενόμενα λέγει κακά. ||  3σύλληψις δὲ ὁ τρόπος·  4τὸ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ συμβὰν κατ’ ἀμφοτέρων ἔταξεν.  —MBVCPr, partial RwSa

TRANSLATION:   He has expressed what happened to one of the two as if applying to both. For what terrible thing did Menelaus suffer once he returned home? Unless he is speaking of the evils that occurred at Ilium because of him. || The figure is syllepsis, for he assigned to both what happened to one of them.

LEMMA: B(δισσοῖς)C, οὐ προλείπει M, δι’ αἵματος οὐ προλείπει V, δισσοῖσι Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: follows sch. 819.05 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 τὰ θατέρῳ … κακά om. Rw   |    1 θατέρῳ] καθετέρου M, θατέρως C, θατέρων Sa, θατέρ() Pr   |    2 τὸ γὰρ MCPrSa   |    ἐπανελθὸν V   |    δι’ αὐτοῦ Sa   |    γινόμενα MVC, om. PrSa   |    λέγοι B   |    2–3 κακά. σύλληψις] κακῆ σύλληψις Sa, κακοσύλληψις Pr   |    3 δὲ] οὖν B, om. Rw   |    4 τὸ γὰρ κτλ om. Sa   |    τῷ γὰρ M   |    ἑτέρου M, ἕτερα C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξήνεγκε BVCPr   |    4 συμβᾶν CRw   |    κατὰ V   |    ἔταξε C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,15–18; Dind. II.213,14–17

COMMENT:   There is no attestation of Pr’s κακοσύλληψις in TLG, but someone could have thought it a legitimate word, as a compound on the model of κακοσύνθετον.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν   


Or. 817.06 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ προλείπει⟩: οὐκ ἐκλείπει  —AaAbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλείπη Ab   


Or. 817.07 (thom gloss) ⟨οὐ προλείπει⟩: οὐ παύει  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. ZaZm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213,13–14


Or. 817.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ προλείπει⟩: καὶ οὐ παύεται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ προλείπει⟩: οὐ διαλείπει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ προλείπει⟩: καὶ ἦλθε  —Aa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 817.11 (rec gloss) ⟨προλείπει⟩: καταλιμπάνει  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 817.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείπει⟩: ἀπολείπει  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.01 (rec exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τρόπος τῆς συλλήψεως· τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα μόνον ἔδει εἰπεῖν, περιέλαβε καὶ τὸν Μενέλαον.  —MnS

TRANSLATION:  Figure of syllepsis: he should have mentioned only Agamemnon. He included also Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Mn   

KEYWORDS:  σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν   


Or. 818.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: σύλληψις τὸ σχῆμα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  The schema is syllepsis.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν   


Or. 818.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: συλληπτικὸν τὸ σχῆμα.  —FZu

TRANSLATION:  Schema expressing a syllepsis.

POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα om. F   

KEYWORDS:  σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν   


Or. 818.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: 1ἢ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ καὶ τῷ Θυέστῃ, ἢ τῷ Μενέλεῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι.  2ὅρα τὸ δισσοῖσιν.  3ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ἔπαθε καὶ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ δεινὰ ὑποστρέψας.  4πῶς οὖν οὕτως λέγει δισσοῖσιν;  5ὁ γὰρ Μενέλαος πάρεξ ὧν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν ἕτερον συνέβη αὐτῷ δεινὸν.  6οὗτος [ca. 6–7]εν τοὺς δύο·  7ἀλλ’ ἔστι κατὰ σύλληψιν τὸ σχῆμα.   —V3

TRANSLATION:  (‘Two Atreids’ indicates) either Atreus and Thyestes, or Menalaus and Agamemnon. Observe (the use of) ‘two’. Agamemnon suffered terrible things also at home after returning. How then does he thus say ‘two’? For Menelaus, apart from what he suffered in Troy, nothing else terrible befell him. [But?] he [mentioned] the two. But the figure is one using syllepsis.

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   6 e.g., οὗτος [δὲ εἴρηκ]εν   

KEYWORDS:  σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν   


Or. 818.05 (thom exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: Ἀγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τῶν δισσῶν Ἀτρειδῶν  —RfY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Rf   


Or. 818.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: δύο Ἀτρείδαις  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τοῖς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δισσοῖσιν⟩: καὶ τοῖς διπλοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: Ἀτρειδῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 818.11 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 819.01 (819–830) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιβ´  —T

TRANSLATION:  Antistrophe of twelve cola.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 59


Or. 819.02 (819–822) (vet exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: 1τὸ καλῶς δοκοῦν γεγενῆσθαι οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη τῷ Ὀρέστῃ.  2τί δέ ἐστι;  3τὸ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀνατεῖναι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς.  —MBCRw, partial VGu

TRANSLATION:   What seems to have come about well did not turn out well for Orestes. And what is this? To cut the body of parents with a merciless hand and stretch out the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun.

LEMMA: BRw, τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν τεκέων C      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: s.l. VGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶ ὀρέστη, οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη transp. RwGu   |    2–3 τί δέ κτλ om. VGu   |    3 ἀντιτεῖναι Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,19–21; Dind. II.214,7–9


Or. 819.03 (819–822) (pllgn exeg) καὶ γέγονε τὸ δόξαν ὡς καλὸν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ἤγουν τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, οὐ καλόν· τὸ φονεῦσαι δηλαδὴ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ δεῖξαι τὸ βεβαμμένον ἐν τῷ αἵματι ξίφος εἰς τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου.  —Xo2

TRANSLATION:  And the thing that seemed as if fine to Orestes, namely, killing his mother, turned out to be not fine. Namely, to murder his mother and show the sword that has been dipped in the blood to the rays of the sun.

LEMMA: label πγ      POSITION: beside 820–821, first lines of new page, Xo2      

KEYWORDS:  Pepagomenos (label πγ)   


Or. 819.04 (819–822) (pllgn exeg) 1ἢ οὕτως· τὸ γὰρ δεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος τὸ μέλαν εἰς τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου τὸ ᾑμαγμένον τῷ αἵματι  2τὸ τέμνον ἐν πυριγενεῖ παλάμῃ τὸ σῶμα τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου καλὸν δόξαν τῷ Ἀτρεῖ,  3οὐ κτανεῖν καλὸν ἤγουν δίκαιον ἀπταίστων ὄντων αὐτῶν ὡς νηπίων.   —Xo2

TRANSLATION:  Or like this: for to show the black sword to the rays of the sun, the one bloodied with slaughter, the one cutting with fire-born hand the body of the children of Thyestes, which seemed fine to Atreus—it was not fine, that is, just, to kill (them), since as small children they were faultless.

LEMMA: label πγ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 fourth τὸ] τὼ or τῶ Xo2   |    3 κτανῶν Xo2   

KEYWORDS:  Pepagomenos (label πγ)   


Or. 819.05 (819–821) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἔνιοι οὕτως· ἡ τιμωρία ἡ ὀφείλουσα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπαιτηθῆναι σφοδρότερον ἀπῃτήθη.  2οὐ καλὸν, φησὶ, τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων, λέγει δὲ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν, ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ τέμνειν τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   Some (explain) thus: The punishment that ought to have been demanded by Orestes on behalf of his father was demanded too violently. For it is not fine, he says, that Orestes cut with merciless hand the body of parents—he means Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: VC, in marg. M      POSITION: follows sch. 819.07 MC, follows sch. 820.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   τιμωρία ἡ] τιμωρίαν M   |    ὑπὸ] Dind., ἀπὸ MC, ἐκ V   |    ὑπὲρ] ὑπὸ V   |    τοῦ πατρὸς] Schw., ἀτρέως MVC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δὲ φησὶ M   |    σώμα M   |    χερὶ τεμεῖν V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,24–27; Dind. II.215, app. at 13, and 213,20–23


Or. 819.06 (819–821) (rec wdord) α (τεμεῖν), β (χρόα), γ (τεκέων), δ (πυριγενεῖ), ε (παλάμα)  —M2


Or. 819.07 (vet exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: τὸ νομιζόμενον δὲ εἶναι καλὸν, ὁ κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς φόνος, ὅτι ἐπ’ ἐκδικίᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς γέγονεν, οὐ καλὸν τῷ μητροκτονήσαντι. —MVCRb

TRANSLATION:   The thing deemed to be fine—the murder of his mother—because it occurred to avenge his father, is not fine for the one who committed matricide.

LEMMA: V, τὸ καλὸν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 820.01 MC      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ om. Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεκδικία C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,22–23; Dind. II.213,18–20


Or. 819.08 (rec exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: τὸ δοκοῦν καλὸν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ὅτι ἐμητροκτόνησε τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, οὐ καλόν.  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  The thing that seems fine to Orestes, because he killed his mother in a matricide, is not fine.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.213, app. at 7


Or. 819.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: ὁ φόνος τῆς μοιχαλίδος Κλυταιμνήστρας οὐ καλῶς ἐγένετο διὰ τὸ φονευθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτῆς.  —M2

TRANSLATION:  The murder of the adulteress Clytemnestra did not come about well because she was killed by her son.

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μειχαλίδ() M2   |    κλυτεμν‑ M2   


Or. 819.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: τὸ δόξαν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο, λέγω τὸ τέμνειν. ἢ τὸ καλὸν δόξαν Ὀρέστῃ οὐ καλὸν ἀπέβη αὐτῷ.  —V2/3

TRANSLATION:  The thing that seemed fine to Orestes did not prove to be fine, I mean the cutting (etc.). Or the thing that seemed fine to Orestes did not turn out fine for Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. τὸ δόξαν … ἐγένετο by V2, λέγω τὸ κτλ by V3   


Or. 819.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: διπλῶς σύνταξον.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  Construe in two (possible) ways.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The note refers to the prev. as supplemented by V3.   


Or. 819.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: καὶ τὸ καλῶς δοκοῦν γεγενῆσθαι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ἤγουν τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα, οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  The thing that seemed to Orestes to have been well done, namely, killing his mother, did not turn out well.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 819.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: τὸ νομιζόμενον παρὰ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο δηλονότι.  —F

TRANSLATION:  The thing that was believed to be fine in Orestes’ judgment turned out, clearly, not fine.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δόξαν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ. ἔστι δὲ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ.  —V2

TRANSLATION:  (‘The fine thing’) that seemed so to Orestes. And it is the act of killing his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —B2

TRANSLATION:  (‘The fine thing’ is) that Orestes kill his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δοκοῦν  —O

TRANSLATION:  (‘The fine thing’, that is,) seeming so.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.17 (recThom exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: τὸ δοκοῦν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —AbMnPrSaZZaZlZmTGuGOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘The fine thing’) seeming so to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. PrSaZmT   |    after δοκοῦν add. καλὸν Ab   |    at end γενέσθαι add. Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,10


Or. 819.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δόξαν αὐτῷ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  (‘The fine thing’) that seemed so to Orestes himself.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.19 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: τόδε  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸδε K   


Or. 819.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλὸν … καλὸν⟩: καλῶς … καλῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.21 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ὅτι ἐμητροκτόνησε  —Ab

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not fine’) because he committed matricide.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἤγουν ὁ φόνος ὁ μητρικὸς οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο καὶ ἀπέβη αὐτῷ.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  That is, the killing of his mother did not come about, that is, turn out as fine for him.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: οὐ γέγονε καλὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ὡς γέγονεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2; spaced as two glosses Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς om. T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑νε XaXoGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,10

COMMENT:   As a unified gloss, this would mean ‘(not fine) in the way that it happened’ (i.e., at her own son’s hands). But the separation of the glosses in Xo (and perhaps Triclinius’s omission of ὡς) suggests rather ὡς οὐ καλὸν γέγονεν, ‘came about as not (being) fine’.   


Or. 819.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἀπέβη  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.26 (thom gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἦν  —ZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.27 (819–820) (rec exeg) ⟨τοκέων πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —PrSa

TRANSLATION:  The statement refers to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.28 (819–820) (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοκέων πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν⟩: οὐ(?) καλὸν  —B2

LEMMA: τεκέων in text B      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 819.29 (recThom gloss) ⟨τοκέων⟩: ἤγουν τῆς μητρὸς  —OKZZaZlZmTGuY2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἤτοι O, om. KY2   |    τῆς om. O   


Or. 819.30 (rec gloss) ⟨τοκέων⟩: περὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.01 (vet exeg) πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ: ἀπηνεῖ καὶ θρασείᾳ καὶ ἀνημέρῳ, ὡς ἂν ἐκ πυρὸς γεγενημένῃ —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Fire-born’ in the sense) cruel and reckless and wild, as if created from fire.

LEMMA: C, πυριγενεῖ B, ἄλλως V      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 819.02 and sch. 819.07 MC (M without separation from 819.02); follows sch. 820.03 V      

APP. CRIT.:   θρασεῖ MC   |    app. γεγενημένος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,4–5; Dind. II.214,11–12


Or. 820.02 (rec exeg) πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν: ἀπηνεῖ καὶ θρασείᾳ καὶ ἀνημέρῳ, ὡς ἂν ἐκ πυρὸς θερμαινομένη. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θερμῇ.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  (‘Fire-born’ in the sense) cruel and reckless and wild, as if made hot by fire; or equivalent to ‘hot, impassioned’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: τῷ ξίφει, ἐπεὶ ὑπὸ πυρὸς παλαμᾶται —MBOVCRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Purigenei palamāi’ refers to) the sword, since it is skilfully manufactured by fire.

LEMMA: πυριγενεῖ τεμεῖν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MC, marg. O; precedes sch. 820.01 V, cont. from sch. 820.01 with ἢ B, cont. from sch. 820.02 with ἢ Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. (or concealed in binding) O   |    ὑπὸ] B, ὑπο ἐκ M, ἐκ OVCRw   |    παλαμῶται MC, παλαμῶνται ORw, ὑποτολμᾶται V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,6; Dind. II.214,12


Or. 820.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: 1καὶ ἐκ πυρὸς γεννηθέντι ⟨ξίφει⟩ ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν.  2εἴρηκε δὲ παλάμῃ ὡς τῆς παλάμης διὰ τοῦ ξίφους ἐργασαμένης τὸν φόνον.  —Zcr

TRANSLATION:   He should have said ‘⟨sword⟩ begotten from fire’. But he said ‘hand’ because the hand accomplished the murder by means of the sword.

REF. SYMBOL: Zr      


Or. 820.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πυριγενεῖ … παλάμᾳ⟩: ἐν φονικῇ χειρί  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φονικὴ Mn   


Or. 820.06 (thom exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ὥσπερ τὸ πῦρ οὐ προσηνές  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Just as fire is not gentle.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ἀπηνεῖ  —OY2ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: θερμῇ  —ORf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θερμικῇ printed in Matthiae, Dindorf as if in Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,14


Or. 820.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: θρασείᾳ  —V2V3FKZZlZmZuTGuB3d

POSITION: s.l. (above παλάμᾳ V2)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θρασεῖα V3Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ἀνημέρῳ  —AbMnPrSSaGuZu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with καὶ Zu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: φθαρτικῇ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ληστρικῇ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: φονικῇ  —AbZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φοιν‑ Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ἰσχυρᾷ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: καὶ ζεούσῃ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l., also written about 817 αἵματος as καὶ ζεου Cr, καὶ ζέου Ox      


Or. 820.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: δραστηρίᾳ  —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrOx2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ox2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δραστήρια X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,13


Or. 820.17 (rec gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: Ὀρέστην  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: διαπέμπειν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: καὶ κόπτειν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: λέγω τὸ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: λέγω τὸ διατεμεῖν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,14

COMMENT:   The somewhat offset position of λέγω raises the possibility that this was intended as two separate glosses, λέγω and τὸ διατεμεῖν. But the displacement may be due to working around the acute on τέμνειν   


Or. 820.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: τὸ  —MnPrSXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ Mn   


Or. 820.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: τί δὲ ἐστὶν;  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: τοῦτο ἐστὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.25 (rec gloss) ⟨τέμνειν⟩: χάριν φόνου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 820.26 (moschThom gloss) ⟨παλάμᾳ⟩: χειρί  —XXaXbXoYYfGrZZaZlZmT*Ox2

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,14–15


Or. 820.27 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨παλάμᾳ⟩: παλάμῃ  —SaT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨χρόα⟩: σῶμα  —OAa2AbXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. Aa2, καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,16


Or. 821.02 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόα⟩: τὸν τῶν τοκέων  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.03 (thom gloss) ⟨χρόα⟩: τὴν ὄψιν, τὴν κεφαλήν  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν ὄψιν om. T   |    τῆς κεφαλῆς Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,16

COMMENT:   It is odd to explain χρόα here with ‘face’ (one might have expected ‘neck’ or ‘throat’). κεφαλήν is also not the most obvious gloss, but could have been motivated by reminiscence of ἀποτέμνειν τὴν κεφαλήν and καρατομεῖν.   


Or. 821.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χρόα⟩: τὸν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.05 (821–822) (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: 1ἢ τοιαύτη ἡ σύνταξις· οὐδὲ τοῦτο, φησὶ, καλὸν, τὸ τὸ ξίφος ᾑματωμένον δεῖξαι ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγαῖς.  2εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ ἀνελόντες τινὰ δικαίως, ὡς οἴονται, τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος δεικνύναι σύμβολον τοῦ δικαίως πεφονευκέναι.  —MBVCRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   Or the construction is like this: Nor is this fine, he says, to show the sword in its bloodied state to the rays of the sun. For those who had killed someone justly, as they believe, are accustomed to show the sword to the sun as a symbol of their having slain justly.

POSITION: cont. from or follows sch. 823.01 M(end of 3rd line of 59r)BVCRw, between sch. 823.01 and 841.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ τοιαύτη … ξίφος om. Sa (but ἡ τοιαύτη σύνταξις interpolated at end of sch. 823.01)   |    ἢ τοιαύτη ἡ σύντ.] B, ἢ τοιαύτη σύντ. MV, ἡ τοιαύτη σύντ. V, om. Rw   |    οὐδὲ] οἱ δὲ M   |    τὸ once VCRw   |    ἡματωμένη Sa, ᾑμαγμένον B   |    2 εἰώθασι γὰρ κτλ om. Sa   |    οἴονται] οἷον V   |    δεικνῦντα M   |    σύμβουλον C   |    τοῦ] τὸ MVCRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δεικνῦναι CRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.181,28–182,3; Dind. II.215,12–15


Or. 821.06 (821–822) (rec exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: καὶ οὐ καλόν ἑστι τὸ δεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος ὑπὸ τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου μελάνδετον.  —M2

TRANSLATION:  And it is not fine to show the sword beneath the rays of the sun when it is blackened (with blood).

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 821.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: οὐ καλὸν δὲ τοῦτο ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  ‘This is not fine’ is (understood) in common (from the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ   


Or. 821.08 (thom exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: 1ἔθος τοῖς οἰομένοις δικαίως φονεῦσαι τινὰ τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος δεικνύναι, σύμβολον τοῦ δικαίως πεφονευκέναι τοῦτο ποιουμένοις.  2μελάνδετον δὲ λέγει φόνῳ τὸ μελανθὲν καὶ βαφὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος.  3πολλὰ δέ εἰσι τὰ τοιαῦτα σύνθετα, οἷον κελαινεφὲς αἷμα, καὶ ἕτερα μυρία.  4ἢ μελάνδετον τὸ σιδηροῦν·  5φησὶ γὰρ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 43] ‘ἐς μελάνδετον σάκος’, ἤτοι τὸ διὰ σιδήρου δεδεμένον.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  It was the custom for those who believed that they killed someone justly to show the sword to the sun, making this a symbol of their having slain justly. And he says ‘melandeton phonōi’ in the sense blackened and dyed with blood. There are many such compounds, like ‘kelainephes haima’ and countless others. Or ‘melandeton’ means ‘made of iron’. For (using this word) Aeschylus says ‘into an iron-bound shield’, that is, one bound with iron.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm (all at 822 ἐς αὐγὰς)      POSITION: marg. ZaGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σύμβολον] σημεῖον Za   |    3 κελαιφαὲς ZZa, μελαινεφὲς Zl   |    4 τὸ om., s.l. add. Zl   |    5 καὶ add. before αἰσχύλος T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἰωμένοις Zm   |    δεικνῦναι ZZaZmGu   |    ποιούμενοι changed to ποιουμένοις Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.215, app. at 13 and 215,2–5

COMMENT:   Sent. 1 adapts sch. 821.05; sent. 3 adapts sch. 821.09.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus, Septem   


Or. 821.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: 1διὰ τὸ μέλαιναν λαβὴν ἔχειν, τουτέστι μελάγκωπον.  2ἢ μέλαν ὑπὸ τοῦ φόνου γενόμενον.  3πολλὰ δέ εἰσι τὰ τοιαῦτα σύνθετα, οἷον [Hom. Il. 5.798 et al.] ‘κελαινεφὲς αἷμα’·  4οἷον τὸ νέφος οὐκ ἔγκειται, οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ δεδέσθαι οὐκ ἔγκειται.  —MBC, partial VRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Melandeton’, ‘black-bound’) because it has a black hilt, that is, ‘melangkōpon’ (‘with black handle’). Or having become black from the bloodshed. There are many compounds of this sort, such as ‘kelainephes haima’ (‘black blood’). In the way that ‘nephos’ (‘cloud’) is not present (in sense in that compound), thus here too ‘dedesthai’ (‘be bound’) is not present (in sense).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 821.05 all, μέλαν δὲ prep. MC, μελάνδ()τον prep. VRw(μενάνδετον), μελάν/τερον δὲ prep. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τὸ om. VRw   |    μέλαναν C, μελανὰν V   |    ἔχοντος MVC, ἔχον Rw   |    τουτέστι μελάγκωπον om. V   |    2 ὑπὸ] B, ποῦ M, που C, παρὰ V   |    τὸν φόνον C   |    γενομένου V, γεγενημένον Rw   |    3 εἰσι] ἐστι C, om. VRw   |    τὰ om. V   |    σύνδετα B   |    3–4 οἷον κελαιν. κτλ om. VRw   |    3 οἷον τὸ C   |    4 οἷον … ἔγκειται] οὐ γὰρ ἔγκειται τὸ νέφος B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 perhaps μέλαινον Rw   |    λαβεῖν C   |    perhaps ἔχην B (but B app. uses sign for (ην) in older way, for ειν as well as ην)   |    τοῦτέστι B   |    3 εἰσὶν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,7–10; Dind. II.214,16–20

COMMENT:   For κελαινεφὲς αἷμα as a standard example of a semantically otiose element in a compound, cf. Tryphon, περὶ τρόπων, Rhet.Gr. III:198,5-6 Spengel; Apoll. Soph. lex. Hom. s.v. ταλαύρινον [148,28–30 Bekker], Sch. D Il. 5.798 Heyne, Sch. A Hom. Il. 16.768a Erbse τανυήκεας ὄζους: ὅτι οὐκ ἐντέτακται ἡ ἀκή, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ ξίφους ‘τανύηκες ἄορ’, ἀλλὰ κατὰ παραγωγὴν (‘with addition of a syllable’) τανυήκεας ὄζους, οἷον ταναούς, ὡς ‘κελαινεφὲς αἷμα’. For the phrase μελάνδετον ξίφος, see sch. Ph. 1091 (Schwartz I.362,11–12).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 821.10 (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος μελαινόμενον  —MVC

TRANSLATION:  The (sword) blackened by blood.

POSITION: s.l. MV, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ] τοῦ ποτὲ C   |    μεμελανωμένον V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,11; Dind. II.214,20–21

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 821.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: 1βεβαμμένον ἐξ αἵματος, ἢ τὸ σιδηροῦν·  2μέλας γὰρ ὁ σίδηρος.   —ZmGu, partial ZZaZlT

TRANSLATION:  Dyed with blood, or made of iron, for iron is black.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐξ] δι’ Zl   |    2 μέλας γὰρ ὁ σίδηρος] om. ZZaZlT   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 βεβαμένον ZaZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,22–215,1


Or. 821.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: μελάνδετον ξίφος τὸ αἵματι μέλανι δεδευμένον, ὅ ἐστι βεβρεγμένον· μελάνδευτον καὶ μελάνδετον.  —Z

TRANSLATION:  ‘Melandeton xiphos’ is the one moistened (‘dedeumenon’ from ‘deuō’) with black blood, that is, soaked: ‘melandeuton’ and (with the loss of upsilon) ‘melandeton’.

REF. SYMBOL: Z      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 821.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: μέλανι αἵματι ὑγρὸν, ἤγουν ᾑμαγμένον.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑγρῷ XaYGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.214,22


Or. 821.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: τὸ ἔχον μέλαιναν λαβήν  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 821.15 (rec gloss) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: μεμελανωμένον  —AbMnPrSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    μελανωμένου Ab   


Or. 821.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: μολυνθὲν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: ᾑμαγμένον  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: μέλαν  —F2Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: θανατηρόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.20 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ἐν τῷ αἵματι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: αἵμα⟨τι⟩  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 821.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.01 (mosch exeg) ξίφος ἐς αὐγάς ἀελίοιο: οἱ φόνον ἐργασάμενοι καὶ δικαίως οἰόμενοι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος ἐδείκνυον ᾑμαγμένον. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2

TRANSLATION:   Those who had carried out a killing and believed they did this justly used to show to the sun the sword covered with blood.

LEMMA: G      REF. SYMBOL: G      POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoY      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνοι YfOx2   |    πονῆσαι XaY (app. ποιῆσαι a.c. Y)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἰλίῳ X   |    ἠμαγμ‑ Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.215, app. at 13

COMMENT:   Adapted from sch. vet. 821.05.   


Or. 822.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξίφος ἐς αὐγάς ἀελίοιο δεῖξαι⟩: οἱ δίκαιον φόνον δράσαντες ἐδείκνυον τῷ ἡλίῳ.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  Those who had carried out a just killing used to show (the sword) to the sun.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξίφος⟩: ἐστὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Either this is a bad construal of the words or a (deliberately or erroneously) truncated version of οὐ καλὸν ἐστὶ.   


Or. 822.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ξίφος⟩: τὸ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐς αὐγάς ἀελίοιο⟩: τῷ ἡλίῳ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.06 (tri gloss) ⟨αὐγάς⟩: τὰς ἀκτῖνας τοῦ ἡλίου  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὐγάς⟩: καὶ τὰς λαμπηδόνας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀελίοιο⟩: τοῦ ἡλίου  —Aa2F2ZcrZu

LEMMA: ἠελίοιο in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZcrZu   


Or. 822.09 (rec etaGloss) ⟨ἀελίοιο⟩: ἠελίοιο  —SaZm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.10 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ οὐ καλόν.  —OVC

TRANSLATION:  ‘(It is) not fine’ is understood in common.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. VC, add. s.l. V2/3   

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ   


Or. 822.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: λείπει οὐ καλὸν.  —R

TRANSLATION:  ‘(It is) not fine’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 822.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: οὐ καλὸν ἦν  —V2AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. V2      


Or. 822.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: καὶ οὐ γέγονε καλὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 822.14 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: ἀνατεῖναι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: καὶ φανερῶσαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: ᾑμαγμένον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 822.17 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: εἰς τὸ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.01 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια: 1τὸ δὲ μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος ἐπιχειρεῖν τι καὶ πράττειν κακὸν οὐχ ἁπλῆ ἐστιν ἀσέβεια,  2ἵν’ ᾖ καθόλου τοῦτο τάττεσθαι δυνάμενον καὶ ἐπὶ Ἀτρέως καὶ ἐπὶ Θυέστου καὶ ἐπὶ Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ ἐπ’ Αἰγίσθου καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ καθολική ἐστι γνώμη.  3τὸ δὲ κακοφρονούντων ἀνδρῶν παράνοια τοιοῦτόν ἐστι·  4τῶν κακὰ διαλογιζομένων ἀνδρῶν †αὐτὸ τὸ† ἀλόγιστόν ἐστιν.  —MBVCRwSa

TRANSLATION:   To undertake something with reason and persuasive motivation and to accomplish an evil is no simple impiety; (paraphrase thus) so that this (statement) can be applied in general to Atreus and to Thyestes and to Clytemnestra and to Aegisthus, and not just to them, but the generalization/maxim is universal. And the (sense of) ‘madness of wrong-headed men’ is like this: of men who reason out evil deeds the deed(?) itself is irrational.

LEMMA:  M, τὸ δ’ αὖ κακοῦργον B      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from sch. 823.06 CRw, follows sch. 823.06 V, follows sch. 819.02 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ δε …κακὸν om. Sa   |    second καὶ om. VRw   |    ἐστιν om. Rw   |    2 τοῦτο om. VRw   |    πράττεσθαι Rw   |    first ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rw   |    second καὶ om. Rw   |    third ἐπὶ om. Rw   |    ἐπ’ om. Rw   |    καὶ add. before καθολ. V   |    καθολικόν Sa   |    3–4 sep. in Rw, on next page (fol. 23v) between sch. 834.06 and 821.05   |    3 τὸ δὲ om. Rw   |    4 αὐτὸ τὸ] e.g. αὐτὸ τὸ ⟨ἔργον⟩ Mastr., ἀπὸ τ[ washed out at end of line) Rw   |    at end add. ἡ τοιαύτη σύνταξις Sa (first words of sch. 821.05; MBCRw continue with whole of sch. 821.05)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τί BVC   |    οὐχ’ BVRwSa   |    ἁπλὴ ἐστὶν C, ἁπλή ἐστιν B   |    2 ἐπ’] ἐπὶ Sa   |    3 κακωφρον‑ a.c. Sa   |    τοιοῦτον ἐστὶ RwSa   |    ἐστιν M   |    4 ἔστιν Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,13–19; Dind. II.215,6–12

COMMENT:   It seems that μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος ἐπιχειρεῖν τι is meant to explicate εὖ while πράττειν κακὸν paraphrases κακουργεῖν; if so, the alternative in VRw ἐπιχειρεῖν τι πράττειν κακὸν is to be regarded as secondary. (On εὖ κακουργεῖν see the comment on 823.06.) The note seems to be responding to a text with the error τεκέων in 819, unless ἐπὶ Ὀρέστου has fallen out in the long series of ἐπὶ-phrases.   


Or. 823.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸ μὲν κακουργεῖν ἀσεβῶν ἐστι καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς τῆς κατὰ τοῦτον ἐλεεινότερον.  2οὐκ ἠλέησε γὰρ τὴν μητέρα οἰκτρῶς παρακαλοῦσαν.  —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   To do evil is (the action) of impious and wicked men, but the aspect of the misfortune related to this man (Orestes) is more miserable. For he failed to show pity for his mother when she was supplicating (him) pitifully.

LEMMA: BVC, in marg. M, ἄλλως τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 821.05 (displaced after prev.) MBVC, follows sent. 1–2 of prev. Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ μὲν… ἐλεεινότερον om. O   |    ἀνθρώπων] ἀνδρῶν Rw   |    ἐλεεινότερα M   |    2 οὐκ … γὰρ] καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠλέησεν O   |    γὰρ om. MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμφορὰς B (but rewritten in top line, accent may be mistake of corrector)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,20–22; Dind. II.215,16–18

COMMENT:   τὸ δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς … έλεεινότερον also occurs in the longer sch. 807.01.   


Or. 823.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ δεινὰ πράττειν ἀσέβειά ἐστι.  2τοῦτο δέ φησιν ἐπεὶ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἐφόνευσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα.   —MBVCRw, partial V3

TRANSLATION:   But also to do terrible things is impiety. He says this because Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

LEMMA: lemma C, in marg. M, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἢ οὕτως (after dicolon) B      POSITION: s.l. V(cont. over 824)V3      

APP. CRIT.:   1 after ἐστι add. μεγάλη VV3   |    2 τοῦτο κτλ om. V3   |    ἐπειδὴ B (but suspended δη perhaps due to rewriting, since there is a possible trace of a grave over iota)   |    ἡ] καὶ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀσέβεια ἐστὶν Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,23–24; Dind. II.215,19–20


Or. 823.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —B2/3a

TRANSLATION:  (The statement is) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια⟩: τὸ δεινὰ πράσσειν ἐστι ἀσέβεια  —MC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστι om. C   


Or. 823.06 (rec exeg) τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν: γράφεται τὸ δ’ αὖ κακοῦργον. —VCRw

TRANSLATION:   The reading ‘and the evil-doing in turn’ is also found.

LEMMA: VRw, τὸ δ’ ἂν κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια C(as in text)      POSITION: follows sch. 817.05 C, follows (out-of-order) sch. 819.05 V, follows sch. 812.01 Rw (with extra blank space between)      

APP. CRIT.:   γράψον VRw   |    αὖ] ἂν C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,12; Dind. II.215,6

COMMENT:   The comment is most likely about κακοῦργον vs. κακουργεῖν, with C’s ἂν being an unrelated corruption (note that B too attests κακοῦργον in the lemma to sch. 823.01). But one may wonder whether at an earlier point there was a note γρ. τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν made on a text with εὖ κακουργεῖν—Bothe’s emendation, accepted by Murray, West, and Diggle, and also apparently the reading paraphrased with μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος in the next, supported further by the stylistic suitability of oxymoron to the paradoxical ἀσέβεια ποικίλα.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 823.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: 1ἤγουν τὸ κλέπτειν πρᾶξιν κακὴν, τουτέστι τὸ μετὰ λογισμῶν δῆθεν εὐλόγων ποιεῖν τι κακὸν ἀσέβεια καὶ παράνοια.  2καὶ τοῦτο χάριν τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἴρηται, καὶ οὐ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —Pk

TRANSLATION:   That is, to conceal (with tricky rhetoric) an evil action, that is, to do something evil with fair-seeming reasons, is impiety and madness. And this has been said because of Orestes and not because of Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: κακουργεῖν Pk      REF. SYMBOL: Pk      POSITION: on 50r whereas line is on 50v      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κλυτεμνήστρας Pk   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.215,22–216,2

COMMENT:   For κλέπτω of rhetorical trickery, cf. ἔκλεψε in sch. 414.05 and κλαπεὶς in sch. 424.02.   


Or. 823.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: διὰ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  (This is said) because of Clytemnestra.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: καὶ τὸ δεινὰ πράττειν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  (‘To do evil’ means) ‘Clytemnestra’s doing terrible things’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ … κακουργεῖν⟩: τὸ κακότροπα ἐργάζεσθαι  —XXaXbXoTYYfGrB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τοῦ Y, τόδε τὸ X, om. B3d   |    ‑τροπον B3d   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,2

COMMENT:   Triclinius placed the cross on the wrong annotation above this line (see sch. 823.14).   


Or. 823.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ … κακουργεῖν⟩: τὸ κακότροπα καὶ ἄδικα ἐργάζεσθαι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ … κακουργεῖν⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μοιχεύεσθαι τὰς γυναῖκας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.14 (thom exeg) ⟨κακουργεῖν⟩: κακὰ ἐργάζεσθαι ὥσπερ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —ZZaZlZmT+Gu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Do evil’ means) to do evil deeds just as Clytemnestra (did).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,2–3

COMMENT:   For the cross in T see on sch. 823.10.   


Or. 823.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κακουργεῖν⟩: δεινὰ πράττειν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακουργεῖν⟩: κακὰ ἐπιχειρεῖν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακουργεῖν⟩: κακοποιεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀσέβεια μεγάλη⟩: ἐστὶ  —OPrGXo2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστίν G   


Or. 823.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀσέβεια μεγάλη⟩: ὑπάρχει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 823.20 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀσέβεια ποικίλη⟩: ‘ἀσέβεια ποικίλη’ γράφε, μὴ ‘μεγάλη’, ἵν’ οἰκείως ἔχῃ τὸ κῶλον πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς.  —T

TRANSLATION:  Write ‘asebeia poikilē’ (‘complex/ambiguous impiety’) not ‘(asebeia) megalē’ (‘great impiety’), so that the colon will be properly akin to that of the strophe.

LEMMA: thus in text T; ἡμέτερον in marg.      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.15,6–7 (repeated II.216,4–5); de Fav. 60


Or. 823.21 (vet exeg) ⟨μεγάλη⟩: γράφεται ποικίλα.  —MC

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘megalē’, ‘great’) the reading ‘poikila’ (‘complex/ambiguous’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,26; Dind. II.216,3–4

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 824.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια⟩: τοῦτο, φησὶ, κακοφρόνων ἀνδρῶν παράνοια ἐπεὶ καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἔκτεινε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  This, he says, is the madness of wrong-headed men because in fact Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 823.03.   


Or. 824.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια⟩: τοῦτο δ’ φησὶ ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἐφόνευσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:  He says this because in fact Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν ἀγαμ.] παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος a.c. Zu   


Or. 824.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,8


Or. 824.04 (vet gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: κακῶς διανοουμένων  —MGGu2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.182,27; Dind. II.216,7–8


Or. 824.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: κακῶς διατεχνουμένων  —O

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216, app. at 7


Or. 824.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: κακῶς διαλογιζομένων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: κακὰ λογιζομένων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.08 (tri gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: κακῶς φρονούντων  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: μωρῶν  —MnPrSXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: ἀνοήτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοφρόνων⟩: παρὰ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνδρῶν⟩: ἀνθρώπων  —Rf, app. B2

POSITION: s.l. (above κακοφρόνων Rf)      


Or. 824.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨παράνοια⟩: μωρία  —M2AbMnPrRSZZaZmTGuZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   |    ἐστὶν add. MnS   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μορία Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,9


Or. 824.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παράνοια⟩: ἀφροσύνη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 824.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨παράνοια⟩: ἀγνωσία  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZlAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,8–9


Or. 824.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παράνοια⟩: τὸ κακουργεῖν  —V2/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: πρὸς τὸ ἐπάνω [819] ‘τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλόν’.  —V

TRANSLATION:  (This phrase) refers back to the words above, ‘the fine is not fine’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: 1αὕτη ἡ κατασκευὴ πρὸς τὸ [819] ‘οὐ καλόν’, διὰ μέσου ῥηθέντος τοῦ ‘τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν’ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This elaboration refers back to ‘ou kalon’ (‘not fine’), with the phrase ‘and to do evil in turn’ and the following having been spoken parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l. except T, above 824 Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἑξῆς] τὰ ἑξῆς Za, τῶν ἑξῆς T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,6–7

COMMENT:   Dindorf followed Matthiae in assigning this to line 824, where it was found in Gu; but Matthiae already expressed doubts about that position.   

KEYWORDS:  κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει   |   διὰ μέσου   


Or. 825.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: εἰσβολὴ ἐλέου  —GuZu

TRANSLATION:  Injection (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή   


Or. 825.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ θανάτου  —MBVCAaAbMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Around fear of death’ means) ‘because of the fear of death’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Sa   |    φόνον S, app. φόβου a.c. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,1; Dind. II.216,10


Or. 825.05 (tri gloss) ⟨δ᾽⟩: γὰρ  —T

LEMMA: thus in text T      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: περὶ τῷ  —F2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τῷ om. F2   


Or. 825.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόβου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 825.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐπί  —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.01 (rec gloss) ⟨Τυνδαρὶς⟩: ἡ παῖς Τυνδάρεω  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨Τυνδαρὶς⟩: ἡ τοῦ Τυνδάρεω θυγάτηρ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   |    ἡ θυγ. τοῦ τυνδ. transp. CrOx   |    τοῦ om. G   


Or. 826.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨Τυνδαρὶς⟩: ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —RfSZZaTB2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B2      


Or. 826.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Τυνδαρὶς⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἰάχησε⟩: ἐβόησε  —M2V3AaAbSSaXXaXbXoY2YfGGrZZaZmZuTZcCrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZuCrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑εν ZT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,11


Or. 826.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰάχησε⟩: ᾤμώξε  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰάχησε⟩: ἤχησε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.08 (tri rhet) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία ὑπῆρχε. κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν.  —T

TRANSLATION:  She was wretched. Using an intensifying follow-up judgment.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The punctuation is present in T, and the second phrase is written under the first, so the above translation is most likely. The phrase κατ’ ἐπικρίσιν occurs about a dozen times in rhetoricians, scholia, and Byzantine authors, and its meaning can be hard to fix. For this translation, compare Nicolaus, Progymnasmata 27–28 τῶν γνωμῶν αἳ μέν εἰσι προστακτικαὶ ὡς ἐκείνη· ‘ἄλκιμος ἔσσο’, αἳ δὲ εὐκτικαὶ ὡς ἡ λέγουσα· ‘μή μοι γένοιτο λυπρὸς εὐδαίμων βίος’, αἳ δὲ ἀπαγορευτικαὶ ὡς ἐκείνη· ‘μηδ’ ἔθελ’ ἐξ ἔριδος σεῦ ἀμείνονι φωτὶ μάχεσθαι’, αἳ δὲ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘as a confirming follow-up’) ὡς αὕτη· [Hom. Od. 17.218] ‘ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον’; Syrianus comm. in Hermogenes περὶ ἰδεῶν 75,14 Rabe (ad 335,26) πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ ‘κακοδαιμονοῦσι γὰρ Βυζάντιοι’ ὡς παρ’ ἑτέρου εἰρημένον ἀπήντησεν ὀξέως κατὰ ἐπίκρισιν (perhaps ‘added or follow-up judgment’) εἰπὼν ‘σφόδρα γε’. The phrase is also in the Arsenian Sch. Hec. 1122 Dind., but that scholion mispresents the ultimate source, B3a: τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν σχῆμα is in the margin of 1121 ἀπώλεσ’, οὐκ ἀπώλεσ’ ἀλλὰ μειζόνως and not part of the separate remark about 1122; the sense is apparently ‘expressing a distinction (with intensification of the sense)’; Sch. Dem. adv. Leptinem 2 (on καὶ τούτῳ πλείστῳ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ) κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν, ‘with an intensifying follow-up statement’; Sch. Ael. Aristid. Rhet. 27,13 Jebb (III.391–392 Dindorf) οὕτω καὶ Ἀριστείδης μετὰ τὸ θεῖναι τὸ διαπορητικὸν καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘with a declarative follow-up judgment’) τίθησι τὰς αἰτίας, δι’ ἃς φύσει κεκώλυται; Sch. Ael. Aristid. Rhet. 27,13 Jebb (III.392 Dindorf) refers to the same follow-up as τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν; Sch. rec. Aesch. Pers. 297 Dindorf (explaining the sense if the variant ὥστ’ is read for ὅστ’) εἰ δὲ μεγαλογράψεις, ὡς ἔν τισι τῶν βιβλίων εὑρίσκεται, οὕτως εἴπῃς· εἰποῦσα γὰρ ‘τίνα τῶν τοῦ στρατοῦ ἡγεμόνων θρηνήσομεν;’ ἐπιφέρει κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘with intensifying follow-up statement’)· ὥστε ἐπεὶ τοῦτον θρηνήσομεν, ὧν ἐτάχθη στρατηγὸς, τούτους ἀνάνδρους κατέλιπε θανών. τουτέστιν, ἐπειδὴ οὗτος ἀπώλετο, κἀκεῖνοι ἐφθάρησαν.   |    If the punctuation and layout is ignored, the sense could be ‘She was wretched par excellence’. For this, compare Eust. in Il. 12.103 (III.361,5), where he glosses διακριδὸν as ἤγουν κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν, ‘distinctly, by comparison, par excellence’; Eust. in Od. 3.232 (I.123,33) also seems to be ‘making a discrimination/comparison’. Eust. exeg. in canon. iamb. pentecost. 1.136 (on εὐδόκησε vs. ἐδόκει) has the same sense: διὰ τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν ἀποφαντικόν, ‘because of its being affirmative by comparison/distinction’.   


Or. 826.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: καὶ ἡ ἀθλία  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 826.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 827.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: λέγουσα ὦ, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια  —KXo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 827.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: λέγει οὕτως  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 827.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: λέγων  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 827.04 (tri gloss) ⟨τέκνον⟩: Ὀρέστα  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 827.05 (recThom artGloss) ⟨τέκνον⟩:  —AbSaZZaZmTCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 827.06 (tri metr) ⟨τέκνον⟩: koinē short over epsilon  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 827.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: οὐχ ὅσια τολμᾷς  —MC

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποιεῖς add. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐχ’ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,2; Dind. II.216,12


Or. 827.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨οὐ τολμᾷς⟩: οὐ ποιεῖς  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. KF2B3d   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,12


Or. 827.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨τολμᾷς⟩: πράττεις  —AaAbMnPrSSaZuTGuGZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZuCrOx, οὑ prep. SaT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,13


Or. 827.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ὅσια⟩: δίκαια  —ZZaZmTGuGF2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 828.01 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨κτείνων⟩: φονεύων  —Xo2OxT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 828.02 (rec etaGloss) ⟨σὰν⟩: σὴν  —AaF2SaZcOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. F2   


Or. 828.03 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρα⟩: long mark over first alpha  —O


Or. 828.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: τὴν  —Xo2

LEMMA: thus in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.05 (828–830) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: μὴ πατρῴαν χάριν θέλων λαβεῖν λήψῃ κακὴν φήμην  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.06 (828–830) (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: ὅρα  —ArAaKMnPrRfSSa

POSITION: s.l. (above κτείνων Ar)      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει τὸ prep. Mn   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 828.07 (828–830) (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: ὅρα μήπως  —RB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει τὸ prep. B3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 828.08 (828–830) (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: βλέπε  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.09 (828–830) (mosch gloss) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: ὅρα ἵνα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,14


Or. 828.10 (828–830) (thom gloss) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: σπόπει  —ZZaTZcrF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.11 (828–829) (thom paraphr) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν χάριν⟩: τουτέστι μὴ χαριζόμενος τῷ πατρί  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not by honoring favor to a father’,) that is, ‘not by acting to please your father’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστι om. Gu   |    τῷ πατρί lost to damage/repair Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,14–15


Or. 828.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: ἵνα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.13 (828–829) (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατρῴαν … χάριν⟩: τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 828.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατρῴαν⟩: καὶ τὴν πατρικὴν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμῶν χάριν⟩: πρὸς(?) τὸ ἄξιον  —M2

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ambig. whether π(ατ)ρὸς because obscured by stain   


Or. 829.02 (tri exeg) ⟨τινῶν χάριν⟩: ‘τίνων χάριν’ γράφειν χρὴ καὶ μὴ ‘τιμῶν’. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ μακρὸν ἔχει τὸ ι̅, ἐκεῖνο δὲ βραχύ, καὶ μὴ ‘εἰσαεὶ’, ἀλλὰ ‘εἴς σ’ αἰεί’· οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει τὰ κῶλα οἰκείως πρὸς τὰ τῆς στροφῆς.  —T

TRANSLATION:  One must write ‘tinōn charin’ (‘paying a favor (to)’) and not ‘tīmōn charin’ (‘honoring the homage (due to)’. For the latter has its iota long, but the former short; and (write) not ‘eisaei’ (adverb, ‘for always’), but ‘eis s’ aiei’ (‘to yourself always’). For in this way the cola will be properly akin to those of the strophe.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.15,9–11 (repeated 216,15–17); de Fav. 60


Or. 829.03 (tri gloss) ⟨τίνων⟩: διδούς  —T

LEMMA: thus in text T      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιμῶν⟩: τιννύων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν⟩: πατρῴαν χάριν ἤγουν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘Patrōian’ (‘of a father’) and ‘charin’ (‘favor’) go together, that is, ‘the (favor) toward the father’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gr   


Or. 829.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: τὴν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.07 (829–830) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ δύσκλειαν ἐς ἀεί⟩: ἀπενέγκῃ κακοδοξίαν αἰώνιον  —MVC

TRANSLATION:  (‘Attach to yourself ignominy for always’ means) ‘get in return eternal ill repute’.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,3; Dind. II.216,18–19 (inaccurate)


Or. 829.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: μὴ προσεπιθήσῃς, μὴ προσάψῃς  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 829.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ὑπομείνῃς  —AaAbMnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπομ()ν() Sa, ὑπομένεις a.c. Mn, ὑπομείνεις S, p.c. Mn   


Or. 829.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἀναθήσεις  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἐπικρεμάσῃ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἐγείρῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑εις XXo   


Or. 829.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: καὶ ἀνεγείρῃς  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: λάβῃς  —ZZaZmTGuV3B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,19


Or. 829.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: καὶ ἀναδήσῃ καὶ κρεμάσῃ καὶ λάβῃς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἀπενέγκῃ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,19


Or. 829.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἐξενέγκῃ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: καὶ ὑψώσῃς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 829.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνάπτω  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  (‘Exanapsēi’ is) derived from (the verb) ‘anaptō’.

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 830.20 (rec gloss) ⟨δύσκλειαν⟩: ἀτιμίαν  —F2MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δύσκλειαν⟩: ἀδοξίαν  —RfCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 830.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δύσκλειαν⟩: κακοδοξίαν  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.04 (recMosch gloss) δύσκλειαν: κακὴν φήμην  —AaAbXXaXbXoTYYfGrZc

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 830.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δύσκλειαν⟩: κακὴν δόξαν, κλέος κακὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δύσκλειαν⟩: ὄνειδος  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐς αἰεί⟩: ἀεὶ  —R

LEMMA: εσαεί (sic) in text R      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.08 (tri gloss) ⟨εἰς σ’⟩: εἰς σεαυτόν  —T

LEMMA: thus in text T (cf. sch. 829.02)      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 830.09 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 60


Or. 831.01 (831–843) (tri metr) τίς νόσος: 0τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ ταύτης τὰ κῶλα ἐστὶ ιγʹ.  1τὸ αʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ δύο δακτύλων καὶ βʹ ἀναπαίστων, τοῦ δευτέρου διαλελυμένου καὶ γεγονότος προκελευσματικοῦ ἤτοι τετραβράχεος.  2τὸ βʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις, ἤτοι μονόμετρον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον.  3τὸ γʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ δακτυλικοῦ διμέτρου καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου δʹ, διιάμβου, καὶ βακχείου.  4τὸ δʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας ἤτοι ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου, καὶ ἀναπαἰστου, καὶ ἔστιν ἑφθημιμερές.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον ἰωνικὸν ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ ἀναπαίστου.  6τὸ ςʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς.  7τὸ ζʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν ἑφθημιμερές.  8τὸ ηʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ παίωνος γʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ μολοσσοῦ.  9τὸ θʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χοριάμβων δύο διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  10τὸ ιʹ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου βʹ πεντασυλλάβου καὶ χοριάμβου.  11τὸ ιαʹ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ συλλαβῆς.  12τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, διιάμβου, καὶ συλλαβῆς.  14ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει κορωνὶς καὶ παράγραφος·  15ταῦτα γάρ ἐστι σημεῖα τοῦ τέλους τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ.  —T

1 831 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑
τίς νόσος ἢ τίνα δάκρυ’ ἢ τίς ἔλεος
  2 832 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
μείζων κατὰ γᾶν
  3 833 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ / ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι;
  4 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
οἷον ἔργον τελέσας
  5 835 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
βεβάκχευται μανίαις,
  6 836 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ
  7 837 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
δρομάσιν δινεύων βλεφάροις,
  8 838 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ / ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒
Ἀγαμεμνόνειος παῖς.
  9 839 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὦ μέλεος, ματρὸς ὅτε
  10 840 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
χρυσεοπηνίτων φαρέων
  11 841 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντ’ ἐσιδὼν
  12 842 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
σφάγιον ἔθετο ματέρα,
  12 843 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒
πατρώων παθέων ἀμοιβάν.
 

TRANSLATION:   The cola of this epode number thirteen. The first is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter consisting of two dactyls and two anapaests, with the second (anapaest) resolved and turned into a proceleusmatic or four-short (measure). The second is an anapaestic base or monometer; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic ionic a maiore monometer. The third colon is a compound consisting of dactylic dimeter and trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a catalectic antispastic trimeter consisting of a fourth epitrite, double iamb, and bacchiac. The fourth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the second foot an anapaest; or if you prefer, an ionic a minore consisting of a trochaic syzygy or second epitrite and an anapaest, and it is hephthemimer. The fifth is a similar ionic colon consisting of first epitrite and anapaest. The sixth colon is a hypercatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two first paeons and a syllable. The seventh colon is an anapaestic hephthemimer. The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter with the first foot an anapaest; or if you prefer, an ionic a minore hephthemimer consisting of a third paeon in place of an ionic, and a molossus. The ninth colon is an acatalectic choriambic dimeter consisting of two choriambs, (the second one) because of the (final) anceps. The tenth colon is an acatalectic epichoriambic dimeter consisting of a five-syllable second epitrite and a choriamb. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter consisting of a choriamb, an ionic a maiore, and a syllable. The twelfth colon is a trochaic hephthemimer with the first two feet chorei. The thirteeenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of antispast, double iamb, and syllable. At the end a coronis and paragraphos, for these are the signs of the end of the epode.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 βʹ] β(ερ) = δεύτερον T   |    3 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T   |    4 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.15,13–16,2; de Fav. 60

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinius treats the long alpha of 836 θηρᾱμα as short. In 840 he describes χρυσεοπηνι as a five-syllable second epitrite, but above the εο in the text he notes συνίζησις (sch. 840.13). For Triclinius’s use of the term epichoriambic see on sch. 807.02.   


Or. 831.02 (831–843) (tri metr) ἐπωδὸς κώλων ιγ´  —T

TRANSLATION:  Epode of thirteen cola.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 831.03 (831–843) (pllgn exeg) ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ τοῦτο.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  This (is uttered in their own voice) by the chorus (i.e., it does not continue the direct quotation of Clytemnestra’s words).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For a commentator considering these words as still quoting Clytemnestra, see sch. 834.04.   


Or. 831.04 (831–833) (vet exeg) τίς νόσος: οὔτε γὰρ νόσος οὔτε συμφορά τις μείζων μητροκτονίας. —MBVCAbMnPrRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   For there is neither (any) sickness nor any misfortune greater than matricide.

LEMMA: RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. VAbMnPrS      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. Ab   |    τις συμφορὰ transp. VMn(τίς)PrRb, τις om. AbS   |    μείζων ἐστὶ B   |    τῆς μητρ. BRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐτε … οὐτέ Rb   |    συμφορὰ τίς MCRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,4; Dind. II.216,25–26


Or. 831.05 (831–833) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς νόσος … χειρὶ θέσθαι;⟩: 1τίς νόσος μείζων γένοιτ’ ἂν κατὰ γῆν τοῦ θέσθαι καὶ ποιῆσαι τὸ αἷμα τὸ μητροκτόνον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ;  2ἢ τίνα δάκρυα εἴη μείζονα τοῦ μητροκτονήσαντος;  3ἢ τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται μείζων ἤτοι ἐλεεινότης τοῦ μητροκτονήσαντος;   —Xo2

TRANSLATION:  What sickness could be greater on the earth than to bring about and create the blood of matricide with one’s hand? Or what tears could be greater than (those of) the one who committed matricide? Or what pity, that is, pitifulness, will be greater than (that of) the one who committed matricide?

LEMMA: label πγ      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰὴ Xo2   

KEYWORDS:  Pepagomenos (label πγ)   


Or. 831.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: καὶ ποία  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 831.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσος⟩: καὶ ἀρρωστία  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 831.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνα⟩: καὶ ὁποῖα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 832.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: 1δέον ‘τίς δυστυχία’ εἰπεῖν, ‘ἔλεος’ εἶπεν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος·  2τοῖς γὰρ δυστυχοῦσιν ἔλεος παρὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων γίνεται.  3τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ νοητέον καὶ περὶ τὸ ‘τίνα δάκρυα’.  4βούλεται δὲ ἐντεῦθεν εἰπεῖν ὅτι πάντων ὅσα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις δεινὰ τὸ κτεῖναι μητέρα δεινότερον.   —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Although he should have said ‘what misfortune’, he said ‘pity’ from the result (of misfortune). For pity arises from all men for those suffering misfortune. The same idea must be applied also to ‘what tears’. He intends to say from this passsage that compared to all the terrible things (that occur) among men, killing one’s mother is more terrible.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπὸ] ἀντὶ Zm   |    4 ἀποκτεῖναι T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διὰ τυχ‑ a.c. Zm   |    4 παρ’ ZmTGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,20–24


Or. 832.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἵνα γίνηται ἔλεος ὅτι ἐφόνευσε τὴν [μητέρα].  —B3d

TRANSLATION:  (What) pity will arise because he killed his mother?

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 832.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: καὶ συμφορὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 832.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: οἶκτος  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 832.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: ἐλεεινότης  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τίς prep. X   


Or. 832.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: ἤγουν ἐλεημοσύνη  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 832.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μείζων⟩: ἤγουν τῆς μητροκτονίας  —OR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῆς om. O   


Or. 832.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μείζων⟩: μεγαλώτερος  —ZcCrOx, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    very faint traces F2   


Or. 832.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κατὰ⟩: εἰς  —AbFMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 832.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨γᾶν⟩: τῆς(?)  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The sign above tau is oddly written, but most similar to (ῆς). Perhaps the meaning is (κατὰ) τῆς (γῆς), a phrase common in prose.   


Or. 832.11 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨γᾶν⟩: γῆν  —Aa2AbRTZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι⟩: ἢ μητρὸς φόνον διὰ τῆς χειρὸς ποιῆσαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνον] αἷμα Gr   |    ποιῆται X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,27


Or. 833.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι⟩: ἢ θέσθαι ἢ θεῖναι τῇ χειρὶ αἷμα μητροκτόνον  —Zcr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἢ⟩: παρὸ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.04 (tri etaGloss) ⟨ματροκτόνον⟩: μητροκτόνον  —TZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον  —KZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,28


Or. 833.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χειρὶ⟩: τῇ —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: τινὲς μέχρι τοῦ ‘θέσθαι’ λέγουσιν εἶναι τὸν στίχον, καὶ ἕτερον τὸ ‘οἷον ἔργον τέλεσας’. οἱ δὲ μέχρι τοῦ ‘τελέσας’ στίχον ἕνα λέγουσιν.  —Yf

TRANSLATION:  Some say the line ends at ‘thesthai’ and the phrase ‘having completed what a deed’ is another. Others say there is one line ending at ‘telesas’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.216,28–217,2

COMMENT:   Although it is very unusual, the author of this remark seems to be commenting on different colon-divisions in the layout of the text in various copies. οἷον ἔργον begins a new colon in all the older copies and most others as well. But the second layout described is found in XXbYfZlCrOx and apparently Rw (in lines added in the margin by a corrector), while ZZa put οἷον ἔργον (but not τελέσας) on the same line as θέσθαι. Yf itself has the words οἷον ἔργον τελέσας projecting (glaringly) far to the right in comparison to the other longest lines on the page, and there is similar layout in Xb and (less markedly) in X. It can be concluded that οἷον ἔργον τελέσας formed its own colon in the transmitted colometry, and the displacement probably occurred because of the layout in a manuscript that crowded the cola into two or three columns, a characteristic of some recentiores that often leaves little or no space between the cola in adjacent columns. See also on sch. 834.06.   


Or. 833.08 (thom gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: ποιῆσαι  —ZZaZmZuTZcrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 833.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: λαβεῖν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐργάσασθαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 833.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: τὸ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.01 (834–838) (vet paraphr) ⟨οἷον ἔργον τελέσας … Ἀγαμεμνόνιος παῖς⟩: οἷον ἔργον ὁ δυστυχὴς διαπραξάμενος ⟨ … ⟩ διὰ τὸν φόνον καὶ περιδινούμενος τὰς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὄψεις, ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖς. —MVCMnPrRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   Having accomplished what a (terrible) deed, the ill-fated man ⟨lacuna⟩ because of the murder and whirling around the gaze of his eyes, the son of king Agamemnon.

LEMMA: οἷον MMnPrRbS (no punct. after it MPrRbS, but punct. after ἕργον in M), lemma οἷον οἷον V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 807.01 Sa, between sch. 821.09 and 855.06 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ δυστύχης] ἐὰν τύχης M   |    lacuna Schw.; e.g. ⟨κεκίνηται ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ταῖς Ἐρινύσι⟩   |    διὰ om. MnPrRbS   |    ὁ τοῦ] οὗτος Sa, τοῦ MnPrRbS   |    ἀγαμ. παῖς] υἱὸς Rw, om. MnPrRbS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,6–8; Dind. II.217,3–5


Or. 834.02 (834–838) (vet paraphr) οἷον ἔργον τελέσας: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ οἷον ⟨ἔργον⟩ ὁ δυστυχὴς Ὀρέστης καταπραξάμενος, τὸ τῆς μητροκτονίας, ἄγρευμα γεγένηται ταῖς Ἐρινύσι συλληφθεὶς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: Having accomplished what a ⟨(terrible) deed⟩, that of the matricide, the ill-fated Orestes has become a prey to the Erinyes, seized by them because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: B      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   ⟨ἔργον⟩ Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,9–11; Dind. II.217,6–8


Or. 834.03 (834–838) (mosch paraphr) οἷον ἔργον τελέσας: 1οἷον ἔργον τελέσας ὁ παῖς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος τετάρακται ὑπὸ μανιῶν Εὐμενίδων,  2ἄγρευμα διὰ τὸν φόνον γενόμενος,  3εὐκινήτοις ὀφθαλμοῖς περισκοπούμενος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrF4, partial Xo

TRANSLATION:   Having accomplished what a (terrible) deed, the son of Agamemnon has been shaken by fits of madness of the Eumenides (or: by goddesses of madness, the Eumenides?), having become a prey because of the murder, looking all around with quickly shifting eyes.

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἷον ἔργον τελ. om. G   |    μανιῶν καὶ εὐμ. F4   |    εὐμενίδων] punct. before rather than after εὐμ. GT   |    2–3 ἄγρευμα διὰ κτλ om. Xo (but similar content in glosses)   |    2 γενόμενον a.c. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,11–14

COMMENT:   The repunctuation in GT produces a superior paraphrase, but the other witnesses consistently associate Εὐμενίδων with the preceding words, as do the glosses that consist of parts of this paraphrase, so it is best to assume that the latter was Moschopulus’s intention here.   


Or. 834.04 (834–838) (pllgn exeg) οἷον ἔργον: ὁ λόγος λέγεται παρὰ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας, ἢ καὶ [ὁ π]οιητὴς αὐτὸ λέγει οἷον πρὸς ἄλλον τινά.  —B3d

TRANSLATION:  The statement is spoken by Clytemnestra; or else the poet says it as if addressing somone else (other than Orestes).

COMMENT:   See comment on sch. 831.03.   


Or. 834.05 (834–838) (pllgn wdord) α (τελέσας), β (ἀγαμ. παῖς), γ (βεβάκχευται), δ (θήραμα)  —Y2


Or. 834.06 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷον ἔργον τελέσας⟩: τινὲς δὲ(?) συνάπτουσι τοῦτο τῷ ‘χειρὶ θέσθαι’.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  Some attach this to the phrase ‘cheiri thesthai’.

POSITION: between sch. 837.01 and 823.01 sent. 3–4 (fol. 23v)      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ] faint traces Rw   

COMMENT:   There is no lemma to give guidance, and the scholia on 23r–23v in Rw are in a confused order, so one is left to conjecture to what the note refers. I have assigned it to this lemma because of its similarity to sch. 833.07 (see the comment there). In Rw 833–836 αἷμα … Εὐμενίσι are omitted in the text and added in the lower margin during correction, and the words seem to be presented as two cola with division after τελέσας. It does not seem possible to identify anything else in the stanza to which the comment could apply. If the note does in fact refer to this phrase, a less likely alternative is available. συνάπτω usually applies to syntactic connection, which in this case would involve the Byzantine usage of a nominative participle agreeing with the implied subject of the infinitive θέσθαι.   


Or. 834.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷον⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Expressive of wonder.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷον⟩: μέγα  —KGZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 834.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἷον⟩: καὶ ὁποῖον  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔργον⟩: λέγει τὸν φόνον.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  (By ‘ergon’, ‘deed’) he means the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τελέσας⟩: διαπραξάμενος  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,15


Or. 834.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τελέσας⟩: διαπραξάμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης δηλονότι  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τελέσας⟩: διαπράξας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,15


Or. 834.14 (recTri gloss) ⟨τελέσας⟩: ποίησας  —AbF2MnPrRSTOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 834.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τελέσας⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 834.16 (tri metr) ⟨τελέσας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 835.01 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: ἐκινήθη, κατεσείσθη  —VY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 835.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: ἐταράχθη  —VY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 835.03 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: τετιμώρηται  —M2AbMnPrRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τιμωρεῖται M2, τιμωρήται R   


Or. 835.04 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: κεκίνηται  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ κίνηται AbS   


Or. 835.05 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: διασέσει⟨σ⟩ται, κατέξανται  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   There is no evidence in TLG of ‑σέσειται as a Byzantine variant of ‑σέσεισται, while the latter is attested in several Byzantine authors.   


Or. 835.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: ταράσσεται  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 835.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: τετάρακται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,16


Or. 835.08 (thom gloss) ⟨βεβάκχευται⟩: ἠγρίωται, τετάρακται, ἐξεμάνη  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Z   |    ἐταράχθη Gu, transp. to end   |    ἐμάνη Zm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τετάρρακται Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,16–17


Or. 835.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βακχεύεται⟩: γράφεται βεβάκχευται.  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  (For present tense ‘bakcheuetai’, ‘is stirred into a frenzy’,) the reading (perfect tense) ‘bebakcheutai’ (‘has been stirred into a frenzy’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 835.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨μανίαις⟩: ὑπὸ μανιῶν Εὐμενίδων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   Εὐμεν. om. TB3d   


Or. 835.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαις⟩: ἐν  —F2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 835.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανίαις⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.01 (836–838) (rec paraphr) Εὐμενίσι θήραμα: ταῖς Ἐριννύσιν ἐγένετο θήραμα ταῖς εὐκινήτοις ὁ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖς συστρέφων τὰ βλέφαρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:   He has become a prey to the Erinyes who move easily, the son of Agamemnon, whirling his eyes because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: all (δυμενίσι S)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ βλέφ. om. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρινύσιν S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,19–21


Or. 836.02 (836–838) (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ⟩: ὁ Ἀγαμεμνόνειος παῖς ἄγρευμα γενόμενος καὶ συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων καὶ συστρέφων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός.  —PrRb

TRANSLATION:  The son of Agamemnon, having become a prey and seized by the Erinyes and whirling his eyes because of the murder of his mother.

REF. SYMBOL: to 838 Rb      POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων Pr   


Or. 836.03 (836–837) (rec wdord) α (εὐμενίσι θηρ. φ.), β (δρομάσι διν. βλ.)  —O

COMMENT:   O’s β is oddly formed here; there are no other numbers added in these lines, so α and β must indicate that the glossator believed that δρομάσι goes with εὐμενίσι and not with βλεφάροις.   


Or. 836.04 (vet paraphr) Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγρευμα γενόμενος καὶ συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —MVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: having become a prey and seized by the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: MC, εὐμενίσι θήραμα VRw, εὐμ(έν)εσιν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 834.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rb, τοῦ om. C   |    συλληφθεῖ M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,12–13; Dind. II.217,18–19


Or. 836.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ⟩: ἤγουν ταῖς Ἐρινύσιν ἐγένετο ἕνεκεν τοῦ φόνου.  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  That is, he became (prey) to the Erinyes because of the murder.

LEMMA: φόνου in text, ω s.l., S      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι S   |    τοῦ φόνου om. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύσιν Pr   


Or. 836.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα ὢν αὐτὸς ταῖς Ἐριννύσι  —V

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 836.07 (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἤγουν ταῖς Ἐριννύσι γενόμενος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρηννύσι Ab   


Or. 836.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐριννύων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ταῖς Ἐρίννυσι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.10 (rec exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —Rf

TRANSLATION:  (The name ‘Eumenides’, ‘Kindly Ones’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 836.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: Ἐριννύσι  —M2F2XaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς prep. F2   |    ἐρινύσι M2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑σιν Zm   


Or. 836.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: καὶ ταῖς τιμωρητικαῖς θεαῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: Εὐμενίδων  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα  —VZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   prob. ἄγνευμα V, corr. V2   


Or. 836.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: γενόμενος  —ArAaKZuB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει τὸ prep. B3d   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 836.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: γεγονὼς  —RfY2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα γενόμενος  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 835.10 XYf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐριννύσι prep. G   


Or. 836.18 (thom gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: κατάσχεσις  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θήραμα⟩: ὥσπερ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.20 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ἕνεκα φόνου  —VAbGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Ab   |    φόνου] τοῦ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,22


Or. 836.21 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: ἐν τῷ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 836.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrOx

POSITION: s.l. except XGr, cont. from 836.17 XXoGYf      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,22


Or. 836.23 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: τῆς μητρός  —ZZaTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Za      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,22


Or. 836.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.01 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: 1σημ(είωσαι) καὶ τοῦτο μεταπλασμὸν σκληρὸν, καθάπερ καὶ πρὸ τούτου τὸ [270] ‘μανιάσι λυσσήμασιν’.  2ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ μανιάσιν ἔκλινεν εἰς οὐδέτερον μετασχηματισμὸν, οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ δρόμασι τοῖς βλεφάροις συγκείμενον, εἰ μὴ τὸ δρόμασι ταῖς Εὐμενίσι συντάσσει.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Note that this too is a harsh metaplasm (formation of cases of a noun in a non-standard way), just as earlier ‘maniasi lussēmasin’. For just as there he inflected (the word ‘maniasi’) into a neuter variant formation, so too here (the same happens with feminine seeming) ‘dromasi’ used in agreement with (neuter) ‘blepharois’, unless he is construing ‘dromasi’ (as a normal feminine) with ‘Eumenisi’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 837.08 Rwa version      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ουδέτερον] uncertain whether this or οὐδετέρου (faint ink, curve of binding)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   app. μανιάσι, but there is a worm hole after suspended σι that has removed all or almost all the accent and could have removed a small final nu   

KEYWORDS:  μεταπλασμός   |   μετασχηματισμός   


Or. 837.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: εὐκινήτοις  —V3ArMnPrRSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; also above 836 εὐμενίσι R, but crossed out      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐκινήταις Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,23


Or. 837.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: μανικοῖς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: δρομικαῖς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: ταχείαις  —ZZaZmTGuV3B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,23


Or. 837.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: ταχυτάταις  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: ταῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.08 (vet exeg) δινεύων βλεφάροις: 1περιδινούμενος τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς·   2τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ μανιώδεις·  3καὶ πανταχοῦ περιστρέφων αὐτοὺς, ὅ ἐστι τεταραγμένους ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.  4τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· Εὐμενίσι δρομάσι, δρομάσι δὲ ταῖς εὐκινήτοις.  —MBVCRb, partial RwaRwb

TRANSLATION:   Whirling around his eyes—for the insane are like that—and turning them in every direction, which means having the eyes agitated. The continuity of syntax is ‘Eumenides running’, and ‘running’ (means) ‘easily moving’.

LEMMA: Rwa, δινεύων δὲ βλεφάροις B      POSITION: cont. from sch. 836.04 MVCRbRwb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BRwa   |    2 τοῦτοι Rb   |    μαινόμενοι Rwa   |    3–4 καὶ πανταχοῦ κτλ om. Rwb   |    3 περιστρέφοντες ἑαυτοὺς Rwa   |    ἔχω M   |    4 δρόμασι δέ κτλ om. Rwa   |    ταῖς] τοῖς M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἐξῆς MRb   |    first δρομᾶσι VC, δρόμασιν Rwa   |    second δρομᾶσι VC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,14–17; Dind. II.217,8–11


Or. 837.09 (rec exeg) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: δινούμενος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὡς οἱ μαινόμενοι  —O

TRANSLATION:  Whirling the eyes like those who are insane.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,26–27


Or. 837.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: 1ὄμμασιν.  2εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι συστρέφειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς,  3ταραττομένων δὲ τούτων ἀνάγκη καὶ τούτους στρέφεσθαι.   —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘With eyelids’ here means) ‘with eyes’. For those who are insane are accustomed to turn their eyes around, and when these are agitated it is necessary that these (insane persons) also turn around.

POSITION: s.l. ZaGu, marg. Z      

APP. CRIT.:   ταραττομένων δὲ κτλ] om. ZZa, app. om. Zm, add. Zm2   |    τούτων] Matthiae without note, τοῦτον ZmGu (nu app. erased in Zm)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,27 and 25–26


Or. 837.11 (tri exeg) δινεύων βλεφάροις: 1συστρέφων ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν.  2εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι συστρέφειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.   —T

TRANSLATION:  Turning himself about with his eyes. For those who are insane are accustomed to turn their eyes around.


Or. 837.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: ἤγουν στρέφων τῇδε καὶ ἐκεῖσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῇδε κἀκεῖσε V3   


Or. 837.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨δινεύων⟩: κινήσεις, συστροφὰς ποιούμενος, συστρέφων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.14 (rec gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: συστρεφόμενος  —M2F2KZmZc

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next Zm, prep. ἤγουν      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   

COLLATION NOTES:   Earlier in this line, above the omicron of δρομᾶσι, K has ὴ, the meaning of which is unknown.   


Or. 837.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: συστρέφων ἑαυτόν  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,24


Or. 837.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: περιδινούμενος  —V3ArAaGuB3dZu

POSITION: s.l. axcept marg. B3d      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑δειν‑ GuB3d, app. ‑δυν‑ a.c. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,24


Or. 837.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: περιστρέφων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: καὶ περιστρεφόμενος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨δινεύων⟩: περισκοπούμενος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from 837.02)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.217,24


Or. 837.20 (tri metr) ⟨δινεύων⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 837.21 (rec exeg) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: ἀντίπτωσις  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  Exchange of case (dative of ‘eyelids’ for accusative).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 837.22 (rec gloss) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: τὰ βλέφαρα  —MnPrRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.23 (rec gloss) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: τὸ (βλέφαρον)  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: ὀφθαλμοῖς  —XXbT+YfGOx2

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from 837.19)      


Or. 837.25 (tri gloss) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: ὄμμασιν  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 837.26 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 838.01 (mosch paraphr) Ἀγαμεμνόνιος παῖς: ὁ παῖς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X      


Or. 838.02 (tri gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνιος παῖς⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 838.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνιος⟩: τὸ κτητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ γενικῆς.  —K

TRANSLATION:  The possessive adjective (‘Agamemnonian’ is) used for the genitive (the noun ‘of Agamemnon’).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 838.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνιος⟩: Ἀγαμέμνονος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 838.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνειος⟩: Ἀγαμεμνόνιος  —Rf

TRANSLATION:  (For adjective ‘Agamemnoneios’, ‘of Agamemnon’ there is a variant spelling) ‘Agamemnonios’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 838.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨παῖς⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: φεῦ τῆς δυστυχίας, ὦ Ὀρέστα.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:  Alas for your misfortune, Orestes.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V, intermarg. C      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,18; Dind. II.217,5


Or. 839.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨ὦ⟩: φεῦ  —MnSTCrOx

LEMMA: ὢ in text Cr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 839.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὑπῆρχεν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἄθλιος  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrF2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,3


Or. 839.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ματρὸς⟩: ἕνεκεν  —AbPrR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.08 (thom etaGloss) ⟨ματρὸς⟩: μητρὸς  —ZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ματρὸς⟩: τῆς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτε⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτε⟩: καὶ ἐπεὶ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 839.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτε⟩: τότε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 840.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων φαρέων⟩: τῶν ἐκ χρυσοῦ καὶ μετάξης κατεσκευασμένων ἱματίων  —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION:  The garments made of gold and raw silk.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκευασμένων Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,7–8


Or. 840.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων φαρέων⟩: ἐκ τῶν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 840.02a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων φαρέων⟩: χρ̣υ̣[σ … ] / ε̣ι̣ ̣[ … ]  —P.Mich. inv. 3735

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:  The traces are too limited and uncertain to be revealing. For speculations see McNamee 2023: 45–47 (no. 10). This papyrus also has a trace of a note at Or. 835 of which almost nothing is legible, and it has not been incorporated in this edition.   


Or. 840.03 (vet exeg) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: ἐκ χρυσοῦ ὑφανθέντων. ἴσως παρὰ τὸ πηνίον.  —MBOVC, partial Zu

TRANSLATION:  Woven out of gold. Perhap (the element ‘pēnēt-’ in the compound is) from ‘pēnion’ (‘bobbin, spool’).

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C, s.l. VZu      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. Zu   |    ἴσως κτλ om. Zu   |    περὶ τοῦ πήνιον C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἵσως M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,19; Dind. II.218,8–9

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 840.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσέοις νήμασιν ἢ ἀτράκτοις ὑφασμένων  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  Woven with golden threads or spindles.

POSITION: intermarg. Mn, marg. PrS      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀστράκοις Mn   |    ὑφασμένων] Mastr., ὑφασμάτων MnPrS   


Or. 840.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: τῶν ἐκ χρυσοῦ καὶ μετάξης ὑφανθέντων  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  Those woven from gold and raw silk.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν Xb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,7

COMMENT:   For the cross above in T, see the overlap with sch. 840.01.   


Or. 840.06 (rec gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσεοϋφάντων  —M2CrOx

TRANSLATION:  Golden-woven.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

COMMENT:   TLG attests only the spelling χρυσοΰφαντος.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 840.07 (rec gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσεοστημονήτων  —MnPrRSSa

TRANSLATION:  Golden-threaded.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ‑νίτων PrSa, app. Mn   

COMMENT:   The word is unattested elsewhere, but cf. the late hapax χρυσοστήμονας (χιτῶνας) and the rare στημονονητική in Plato and Pollux.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 840.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσομετάξων  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  Of golden silk.

LEMMA: ‑νίτων in text Zc      POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is unattested elsewhere. TLG attests only the compounds ὁλομέταξα (Digenes Acritas), αἰγειομέταξα (Ptochodromica), and (18th-cent.) φραγκομέταξα.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 840.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσοτεύκτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 840.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: τίνων(?)  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 840.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: πήνη ὁ ἄτρακτος.  —B2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Pēnē’ means ‘spindle’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 840.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: πηνίον τὸ μέτρον.  —B4

TRANSLATION:  ‘Pēnion’ means ‘measure’ (of thread?).

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 840.13 (tri metr) ⟨(χρυσ)εο(πηνίτων)⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61

KEYWORDS:  συνίζησις   


Or. 840.14 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνίτων⟩: long marks over upsilon and iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 840.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φαρέων⟩: ἱματίων  —M2Aa2F2MnPrRRfSSaXXaXbXoT*YYfZmOxB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 840.05 T      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. Pr, καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 840.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φαρέων⟩: ἀπὸ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 841.01 (841–843) (vet paraphr) μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντ’ ἐσιδών: 1ὡς ἄρα ἦσθα τὴν φύσιν ὠμὸς,  2ἡνίκα ἡ μὲν ὠδινήσασα προὔτεινέ σοι τὸν μαστὸν ἐκ τῶν χρυσοϋφῶν ἱματίων γαλακτοτροφίας ὑπομιμνήσκουσα καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ἔλεον διὰ τούτου θηρωμένη,  3σὺ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπιδὼν οὐκ ἠλέησας τὴν τεκοῦσαν,  4ἀλλὰ γέγονας τῆς μητρὸς ἀνόσιος φονεὺς, τῷ σῷ πατρὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν πέπονθεν ἐκδίκησιν δι’ ἀσεβείας διδούς.  —MB(V)CPrSa

TRANSLATION:   How cruel you were, then, by nature, when the woman who suffered pains in birthing you extended her breast to you from her gold-woven garments reminding (you) of nurture with her milk and seeking pity from you by this means, but you, having looked toward this, did not have mercy on the woman who bore you, but you proved to be an impious killer of your mother, providing through impiety vengeance for your father for what he had suffered.

LEMMA: MBPrSa(‑οντα εἰσιδών), μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντα V(μασθὸν, corr. V1)C      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   V has only the lemma, then a blank space   |    2 ἐκ …. ἱματίων] B, ἐξοδίν() M (ambiguous trace of suspended abbrev.), ἐξωδίνουσα C, ἐξωδίνου Pr, ἐξ ὠδίνης Sa   |    παρὰ σοῦ ἔλεον] Schw. (after πρὸς σοῦ ἔλεον Dindorf), πρὸς ἐλεὸν BCPr, προσέλεον M, πρὸς ἴλεων Sa, τὸν ἔλεον Arsen. (MeMuPh)   |    διὰ τοῦτο MPr(διατοῦτο), διὰ τὸ Sa   |    4 φονευτὴς PrSa   |    πέπονθας MC   |    δι’] τῆς MCPrSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,20–25; Dind. II.217,29–218,3

COMMENT:   The version that came down to the witnesses other than B was seriously damaged, and the corrupt words do not in this case offer useful clues about the original that B perhaps modified. As carried in B, the paraphrase seems intended to be a rhetorical tour de force rather than a dry prosaic rendering. The phrase ἐξοδίν() and the like in M and others (where B has ἐκ τῶν χρυσοϋφῶν ἱματίων) perhaps gives evidence of a variant ὠδίνουσα (circumstantial participle, ‘in sore distress’?) for ὠδινήσασα, which could have been in the margin and then inserted in the wrong place.   |   Also in sent. 2, Dindorf’s simpler fix πρὸς ⟨σοῦ⟩ ἔλεον is ruled out because πρὸς σοῦ is not thus used in the scholia, except Sch. Pind. P. 4.480a Drachmann δεῖ αὐτὸν πρὸς σοῦ θεραπεύεσθαι and (in a different sense) Sch. Mosch. Soph. OT 1434 τὸ ὂν γὰρ πρὸς σοῦ ἐρῶ, οὐ τὸ ὂν πρὸς ἐμοῦ. For παρὰ σοῦ … θηρωμένη compare ζητεῖν παρὰ + gen., a common juncture.   


Or. 841.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨μαστὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 841.03 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ἀνατεινόμενον  —MOVGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,26; Dind. II.218,5


Or. 841.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ὑπερανατεινόμενον  —B

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,4 (inaccurate) and 5–6


Or. 841.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ὑπερκείμενον  —AaAbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 841.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ὑπερκύπτοντα  —M2K

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. K      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,5


Or. 841.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: προκύπτοντα  —AaAbMnPrSSaXXaXbXoT3+YYfGGrZmB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,4


Or. 841.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ἐξελθόντα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 841.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντ’⟩: ἀναφαινόμενον  —ZZaZmT3Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,5


Or. 841.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐσιδών⟩: ἰδών  —XXaXbXoT3+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X      


Or. 842.01 (thom gloss) ⟨σφάγιον⟩: θῦμα  —ZZaZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ prep. Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,10


Or. 842.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σφάγιον⟩: εἶναι  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 842.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔθετο⟩: ἐποίησε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,10


Or. 842.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨ματέρα⟩: τὴν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 843.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατρῴων⟩: τῶν πατρικῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 843.02 (rec exeg) ⟨παθέων⟩: γρ. πενθέων.  —PrSa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘patheōn’, ‘sufferings’,) the reading ‘pentheōn’ (‘sufferings’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 843.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πενθέων⟩: γρ. παθέων.  —AbMnS

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘pentheōn’, ‘sufferings’,) the reading ‘patheōn’ (‘sufferings’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 843.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: διὰ  —V2ArAaMnPrSSaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,12


Or. 843.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: εἰς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,12


Or. 843.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: ἀντέκτισιν  —M2KZZaZmTGuG

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2, cont. from prev. G      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,12


Or. 843.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: εἰς ἐκδίκησιν  —B2/3aZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς] καὶ Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,12


Or. 843.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: καὶ ἀνταπόδοσιν  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνταποδίδωσιν Cr   

COMMENT:   Cr’s error is perhaps an inattentive or unconscious ‘correction’ of the occasional Byzantine spelling ἀνταπόδωσις (and cases), producing the standard verb form.   


Or. 843.09 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨ἀμοιβάν⟩: ἀμοιβήν  —AaAbXXbXoTYGrB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 843.10 (tri metr) coronis and paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 844.01 (844–959) (tri metr) γυναῖκες: αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ριγʹ. ὧν τελευταῖος ‘ὡς εἰς στεναγμοὺς καὶ γόους δραμουμένη’. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.  —T3

TRANSLATION:  These following passages consist of 113 acatalectic iambic trimeter lines, of which the last is [959] ‘as about to run to groans and lamentations’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T3      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.16,3–6; de Fav. 61

COMMENT:   Triclinius’s count is off by three, since there are 116 verses. Perhaps he had noted ριϛ on an earlier draft or scrap of paper and misread a ϛ as majuscule gamma.   |   The sense-divsions are marked by paragraphoi at 858, 865, 956.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν   


Or. 844.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γυναῖκες⟩:  —Aa2F2YfZmCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.03 (844–845) (mosch exeg) ἦ που τῶνδ’ ἀφώρμηται δόμων: οἶδεν ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁρᾷ αὐτόν, ζητεῖ δὲ εἰ μανεὶς ἐξῆλθεν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  She knows he has left, because she does not see him, but she asks whether he left because overcome by madness.

LEMMA: G      POSITION: follows next XYYf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπειδὴ G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,14–15


Or. 844.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἦ που τῶνδ’ ἀφώρμηται δόμων⟩: ἆρα μανεὶς ἐξῆλθε τῶν δόμων ὁ τλήμων Ὀρέστης;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. XaXbGGr; precedes prev. XYYf      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,15–16


Or. 844.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ἆρα  —AbF2KMnPrRSSaYfZuC2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. C2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἦπου ἀντὶ prep. C2, καὶ prep. RYfZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἆρο S   


Or. 844.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ὄντως  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ἆρα ὄντως  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα a.c. Ox2   |    ὅντως Ox2   


Or. 844.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦ που⟩: εἰ ἄρα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἴ Aa   


Or. 844.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶνδ’⟩: ἀπὸ  —V2Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶνδ’⟩: τούτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: ἐκινήθη  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: καὶ κεκίνηται  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κεκίνηκεν Pr   


Or. 844.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: ἐπορεύθη  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: καὶ πεπόρευται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: ἐξῆλθε  —Aa2F2YfB4

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.16 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀφώρμηται⟩: ἀπῆλθε  —ZZaTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 844.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν  —MnPrSYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ ἄθλιος  —YfOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Yf   


Or. 845.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ ἐλεεινός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τλήμων⟩:  —Aa2Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστης⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ λύσσῃ δαμείς⟩: τῇ νόσῳ καὶ τῇ μανίᾳ τῇ ἐκ θεῶν κατενεχθεὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   app. κατηνεχθεὶς G   


Or. 845.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεομανεῖ λύσσῃ⟩: θείᾳ ὀργῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: τῇ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐρχομένῃ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ om. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,17


Or. 845.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: ἐκ θείας ὀργῆς γενομένῃ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,17–18


Or. 845.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσῃ⟩: καὶ μανίᾳ  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.10 (rec exeg) ⟨νόσῳ⟩: γρ. λύσσῃ.  —Sa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘nosōi’, ‘illness’,) the reading ‘lussēi’ (‘madness’) is found.

LEMMA: νόσω in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 845.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨δαμεὶς⟩: δαμασθεὶς  —V1F2ZZaZmZuTGuYfCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. YfZuCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,18


Or. 845.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δαμεὶς⟩: κοπήσας  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δαμεὶς⟩: πιεσθεὶς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 845.14 (thom gloss) ⟨δαμεὶς⟩: κατασχεθεὶς  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,18


Or. 846.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς μαινόμενος, σωφρονῶν δέ  —MB, partial VC

TRANSLATION:  (He left here) by no means being insane, but being of sound mind.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. VC      

APP. CRIT.:   σωφρ. δέ om. VC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,27; (partial) Dind. II.218,19


Or. 846.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς ἐμάνη  —B2

TRANSLATION:  By no means had he gone mad (when he departed).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐμάνει B2   


Or. 846.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς· ἤγουν οὐ μανεὶς ἐξῆλθε.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  Not at all. That is, he did not leave because overcome by madness.

POSITION: s.l. except X; last word punct. as sep. gloss Y      


Or. 846.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐ μανεὶς  —Ox2

TRANSLATION:  (He left here) not overcome by madness.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς οἴδαμεν  —MnS

TRANSLATION:  We have no idea (whether he was overcome by madness).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —M2OF2PrXYfZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: ἐξελαθείς  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: ὥρμηται μανεὶς  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: ἀφώρμηται μαινόμενος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: δηλονότι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὸς δ’ Ἀργείων … λεών⟩: πρὸς τοὺς Ἀργείους  —G

LEMMA: thus in text G      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: τὸν τῶν Ἀργείων  —XXaXbXoTYYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,24–25

COMMENT:   In T the cross on sch. 846.03 perhaps also counts here.   


Or. 846.13 (tri exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: Ἀργεῖον ἑνικῶς γράφε πρὸς τὸ λεών. Ἀργεῖος γὰρ λαός ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄργους, ὡς Ἀθηναῖος ὁ ἐξ Ἀθηνῶν καὶ Θηβαῖος ὁ ἐκ Θηβῶν. οἱ δὲ μέγα τὸ ω̅ν̅ γράφοντες ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα.  —T3

TRANSLATION:  Write ‘Argeion’ (‘Argive’) in the singular (i.e. with short vowel omicron) to agree with ‘leōn’ (‘people’). For ‘Argive people’ is that from Argos, just as ‘Athenian’ is the one from Athens and ‘Theban’ the one from Thebes. But those who write ‘-ōn’ with long vowel (i.e., genitive plural, ‘of Argives’) are ignorant of meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T3      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,22–24; de Fav. 61


Or. 846.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: τῶν  —F2

LEMMA: thus in text F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.15 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: πορεύεται  —V1GZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   


Or. 846.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ὑπάγει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 846.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἀπῆλθεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπελθών Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑θε XaXoGrYf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,25


Or. 846.18 (thom gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἐπορεύθη  —ZZaZmZuTGuB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,25


Or. 846.19 (rec gloss) ⟨λεών⟩: πρὸς λαὸν  —AbF2PrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς om. Sa   |    τὸν add. before λαὸν F2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προς S   


Or. 847.01 (847–848) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ψυχῆς ἀγῶνα … δώσων⟩: ἀγωνισόμενος τὸν ἐνεστῶτα ἀγῶνα περὶ τῆς οἰκείας ψυχῆς  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V3   |    περὶ … ψυχῆς] περὶ ψυχῆς ἀγωνισόμενος τῆς οἰκείας V3   

COMMENT:   It is not certain that the whole run of words in V3 was intended to be a single note; that is, it is possible that its second ἀγωνισόμενος was a separate one-word marginal gloss.   


Or. 847.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψυχῆς⟩: περὶ ζωῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨ψυχῆς⟩: ζωῆς  —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψυχῆς⟩: περὶ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ψυχῆς⟩: τῆς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγῶνα⟩: κρίσιν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγῶνα⟩: τὸν διὰ λόγων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 847.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν προκείμενον⟩: τὸν ἐνιστάμενον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218,26


Or. 848.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δώσων⟩: ἀγωνισόμενος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δώσων⟩: πληρώσων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δώσων⟩: ἀπολογησόμενος  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 848.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δώσων⟩: μέλλων δοῦναι  —AaRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δώσων⟩: μέλλων δώσειν  —Aa2PrSGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλων δώσειν] μεταδώσειν Pr, μέλλων δώσων app. G   |    Aa2 reuses μέλλων of Aa   


Or. 848.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ἐν ᾧ: ἀγῶνι  —Aa2AbKXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmT*

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ prep. K   


Or. 848.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.08 (mosch gloss) χρεών: ἀποκείμενον ἐστί  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrGuZmAa2

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X; at first written above 847 προκείμενον Aa2, but crossed out      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστί] om. ZmGu   


Or. 848.09 (thom gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ἀναγκαῖον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: δέον ἐστίν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: καὶ πρέπον  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 848.12 (rec gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ὑπάρχει  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: καὶ φεῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: τί δουλείαν, χρείαν  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρεῖαν M2   

COMMENT:   Τί is here used with with any gender, as in modern Greek.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 849.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί χρῆμ’⟩: καὶ ὁποῖον πρᾶγμα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨χρῆμ’⟩: πρᾶγμα  —AaF2MnPrSXXaXbXoT+YYfGrCrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τί prep. X, καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράγμα Mn   


Or. 849.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδρασε⟩: ἔπραξε  —F2Yf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Yf   


Or. 849.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδρασε⟩: καὶ ἐποίησε  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔδρασε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 849.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔπεισέ⟩: ὥστε ἐλθεῖν ἐκεῖσε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔπεισέ⟩: κατέπεισε  —F2Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 849.10 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —Aa2AbF2MnPrSYfCrOxC2

LEMMA: ἔπεισέ νιν C2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. C2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbYfCrOx, τουτέστιν prep. C2   


Or. 850.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ἔπεισέ νιν  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩:  —Aa2F2YfOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.03 (850–51) (mosch paraphr) ἔοικε: φαίνεται δὲ ὅδε ἄγγελος, ὢν οὐ μακρὰν, λέξειν τὰ κεῖθεν περὶ τοῦ σοῦ κασιγνήτου. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGr, partial Gb

TRANSLATION:   It appears that this messenger, being not far off, will tell the news from there (at the assembly) about your brother.

LEMMA: Gr, ἔοικε δ’ οὐ μακρὰν ὅδ’ ἄγγελος Ga      POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoTGb      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅδε ἄγγελος οὐ μακρὰν ὢν ὅδε ὁ ἄγγελος transp. Xo   |    ὅδε ὁ ἄγγ. T, ὁ ἄγγ. Yf   |    ὢν om. Gb   |    λέξειν κτλ om. Gb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅδ’ GaGb   |    τὰ ’κεῖθεν T, τα’κεῖθεν Ga, app. τὰ ἐκεῖθεν with epsilon loop on kappa erased Xo   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.218, app. at 28

COMMENT:   The manuscripts punctuate in this note only after μακρὰν (except X, which has no punct.), but presumably Moschopulus took λέξειν to be dependent on φαίνεται, unlike the recentiores who gloss λέξειν with ὥστε (sch. 851.01).   


Or. 850.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔοικε⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον εἶδον τὸν ἄγγελον ἐρχόμενον αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες. —MB

TRANSLATION:   Without explicitly saying so, the women of the chorus saw the messenger approaching.

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ δὲ τὸ M   |    αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ (om. γυν.) B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,28–29; Dind. II.219,1–2

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 132.01, 132.02, 725.02 and the comment on the last.   

KEYWORDS:  τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 850.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔοικε⟩: φαίνεται  —M2V3Aa2YfCrOx

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. YfCrOx   


Or. 850.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔοικε⟩: δοκεῖ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: τυγχάνων, σύνεγγυς δὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: σύνεγγυς τυγχάνων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.09 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —AbMnSSaCrOx

POSITION: s.l., above ὅδ’ ἄγγελος AbMnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχ() AbMnSCrOx (which perhaps could mean ὑπάρχων, as next)   


Or. 850.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: ὑπάρχων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.11 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: ὢν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: ἀλλὰ πλησίον  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.13 (thom gloss) ⟨οὐ μακρὰν⟩: ἀλλὰ συντόμως  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγγελος⟩: ὁ μηνυτής  —F2Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 850.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἄγγελος⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.01 (rec gloss) ⟨λέξειν⟩: ὥστε  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξειν⟩: εἰπεῖν  —F2YfCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. YfCrOx   


Or. 851.03 (tri exeg) τὰ ’κεῖθεν: βαρεῖαν χρὴ τιθέναι εἰς τὸ τ̅α̅, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅, καὶ ἀπόστροφον δηλοῦντα ὡς ἔκθλιψις γέγονε τοῦ ε̅. ἐν ἄλλοις γὰρ γίνεται κρᾶσις καὶ ἔστι τὸ τ̅α̅ μακρὸν οἷον τὰ’μά. ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὔ.  —T3

TRANSLATION:  It is necessary to place a grave accent on (the article) ‘ta’, so that the alpha is short, and an apostrophe indicating that there has been ecthlipsis of the epsilon (of ‘ekeithen’). For in other passages a crasis occurs and the alpha is long, for example, ‘tāma’ (‘the (things of) mine’). But here that is not so.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T3      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,3–6; de Fav. 61

COMMENT:   The manuscripts of tragedy show that scribes often believed the Ionic/poetic form κεῖνος and related words were the regular Attic ἐκεῖνος/ἐκει-, but with prodelision (ecthlipsis) of the initial vowel.   


Or. 851.04 (mosch paraphr) τὰ κεῖθεν: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,3


Or. 851.05 (thom gloss) ⟨τὰ κεῖθεν⟩: τὰ ἀπ᾽ ἐκεῖ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,3


Or. 851.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰ κεῖθεν⟩: τὰ ἀποτελεσθέντα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰ κεῖθεν⟩: τὰ πεπραγμένα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοῦ κασιγήντου⟩: περὶ τοῦ  —F2G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοῦ κασιγήντου⟩: καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ σοῦ δηλονότι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 851.10 (tri metr) ⟨κασιγήντου⟩: koinē long over iota  —T3

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 852.01 (rec exeg) ὦ τλῆμον: 1ταῦτα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἀκροασαμένου τῆς βουλῆς καὶ σκέψεως τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου τυρευθείσης.  2διηγεῖται δὲ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοούσῃ, ἀλλ’ ὡς τὸν περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκδεικνύμενος πόθον.  3ἠγαπᾶτο γὰρ παρ’ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν λοιπῶν.  4διὸ καὶ μετ’ ἐπιστάσεως διηγεῖται τὴν ὄψιν καὶ μετ’ ἐκπλήξεως καὶ ὀδύνης.  —MnPrRbS

TRANSLATION:   These (are the words) of the messenger who was in the audience of the deliberation and consideration contrived against Orestes. He narrates (the event) to Electra not as if she does not know, but as one who is himself too demonstrating his feeling of loss concerning Orestes. For he (Orestes) was loved by him (the messenger) no less than by(?) the others (i.e., Electra and Pylades?). Therefore he narrates the sight both with close attention to detail and with shock and pain.

REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦτο Mn   |    first τοῦ om. Rb   |    βουλῆς] βαλῆς Rb   |    third τοῦ om. MnPrS   |    κυρωθείσης Pr   |    2 τοῦ om. MnPr   |    3 αὐτῶ MnS   |    4 διὸ om. MnPrS   |    ἐπιτάσεως Mn, p.c. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 οὐχ’ all   |    3 οὐκέλαττον Rb   |    ἔλλατον Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,7–12

COMMENT:   Dindorf first published this note from Mn alone and printed μετ’ ἐπιτάσεως διηγεῖται in 4. The common phrase μετ’ ἐπιτάσεως means ‘with intensification’, ‘with vehemence’, sometimes almost ‘with exaggeration’, and is sometimes used of stylistic choices. Thus, it is not inconceivable here. But μετ’ ἐπιστάσεως, although a somewhat less common phrase, is often applied precisely to expansive, detailed consideration or reporting as opposed to brief assertion without details. Since the remark as a whole concerns the feelings of the messenger (πόθος, ἠγαπᾶτο, ὀδύνης—ἐκπλήξεως, however, is more ambiguous between the speaker’s emotion and the intended effect on the audience), I have preferred ἐπιστάσεως.   


Or. 852.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τλῆμον⟩: ὦ ἄθλιε  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 852.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύστηνε⟩: διὰ τὰς παρούσας συμφοράς  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 852.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δύστηνε⟩: ἄθλιε  —F2MnPrSCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx   |    ἀθλία Ox   


Or. 852.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δύστηνε⟩: καὶ ταλαίπωρε  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 852.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στρατηλάτου⟩: τοῦ στρατηγικοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 853.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 853.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παῖ⟩: θύγατερ  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 853.03 (thom exeg) ⟨πότνι’⟩: 1πότνιαν αὐτὴν καλεῖ,  2ἢ διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον τοσοῦτον χρόνον, ἢ διὰ τὸ βασιλέως εἶναι θυγατέρα, καὶ βασιλέως οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος,  3δύστηνον δὲ καὶ τλήμονα τῶν παρουσῶν εἵνεκα συμφορῶν.   —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  He calls her ‘potnia’ (‘mistress’) either because she is an unmarried woman for so long a time, or because she is the daughter of a king, and no ordinary king; (he calls her) unhappy and miserable because of the present misfortunes.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτὴν om. ZZaGu   |    2 τοσοῦτον χρόνον] τοσοῦτων χρόνων ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,15–18


Or. 853.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πότνι’⟩: σεβασμία  —VAa2KXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, a.c. Zu, ἡ prep. p.c. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,14


Or. 853.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότνι’⟩: τιμία  —F2G

LEMMA: πότνια τ’ in text G      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 853.06 (tri metr) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T/T3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 854.01 (mosch exeg) οὕς σοι δυστυχεῖς ἥκω φέρων: 1ὅμοιον τῷ [743] ‘ποῦ ’στιν ἣ πλείστους Ἀχαιῶν ὤλεσεν γυνὴ μία’.  2ὀφείλων γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ἄκουσον λόγους δυστυχεῖς, οὓς ἥκω φέρων σοι’,  3ὁ δὲ συνυπάγει τῷ ὑποτακτικῷ ἄρθρῳ τὸν λόγον καί φησιν ‘ἄκουσον οὓς δυστυχεῖς λόγους ἥκω φέρων σοι’.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Similar (in syntax) to ‘where is she who, a single woman, destroyed very many of the Achaeans’. For when he ought to have said ‘hear the unhappy words that I have come bringing to you’, he makes the word (that is, ‘unhappy’) part of the subordinate clause and says ‘hear which unhappy words I have come bringing to you’.

LEMMA: all except ἄκουσον οὕς σοι δυστυχεῖς ἥκω φέρων G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῷ] τὸ Y   |    3 σοι om. Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποῦστιν T, ποὖστιν G, ποῦ ἐστὶν Xo, ποῦ ἐστιν Y   |    ὤλεσε XaTYYfGGr   |    3 καὶ φησίν all (φησί Xo)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,19–23

COMMENT:   See comment on sch. 743.02.   


Or. 854.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὕς⟩: λόγους  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 854.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τίνι] τί σοι Ox   


Or. 854.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχεῖς⟩: δυσκόλους  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 854.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκω⟩: ἔρχομαι  —RG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 854.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκω⟩: ἦλθον  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 854.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκω⟩: καὶ ἔλθω  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 854.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρων⟩: λέγων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 854.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρων⟩: κομίζων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr   


Or. 855.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: φεῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.02 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθα⟩: ὠλόμεθα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθα⟩: ἀπολλόμεθα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Vernacular form for ἀπολλύμεθα (five times in Byzantine texts in TLG), or a non-standard spelling of ἀπωλλόμεθα or ἀπωλόμεθα.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 855.04 (mosch gloss) διοιχόμεσθα: ἀπολώλαμεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

LEMMA: X(‑μεσθα)      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,24


Or. 855.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεσθα⟩: καὶ ἐφθάρημεν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑ροιμεν Ox   


Or. 855.06 (vet exeg) δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ: ἀπὸ λόγου δῆλος εἶ κακάγγελος ὤν. —MBCMnPrRbRwSGu

TRANSLATION:   From (your) statement it is clear you are a bearer of bad news.

LEMMA: δῆλος εἶ λόγων MnPrS(λόγων in text MnS, s.l. Pr), δῆλος εἶ Rb, 856 κακῶν γὰρ ἥκεις Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MRb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ τοῦ λ. BRwGu, ἀπὸ λόγων Pr, ἀπόλογος MnS   |    κακῶν ἄγγελος Rw, κάγγελος Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακἄγγελος C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.183,30; Dind. II.219,24–25


Or. 855.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ὅτι κακάγγελος  —O

TRANSLATION:  (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, it is clear) that you are a bearer of bad news.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: μοι κακάγγελος ὢν  —R

TRANSLATION:  (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, you are clearly) being a bearer of bad news to me.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου δῆλος εἶ ἄγγελος κακῶν μηνυμάτων.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   From (your) statement it is clear you are a messenger of bad reports.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 855.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ὅτι λόγους δυστυχεῖς ἔφερές μοι  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, it is clear) that you were bringing unhappy words to me.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: φανερὸς εἶ διὰ τοῦ λόγου.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

LEMMA: δῆλος εἶ X      POSITION: s.l. except X; as 2 sep. glosses XaGrY      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,24–25


Or. 855.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: φανερός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.13 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —PrCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 855.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λόγῳ⟩: ἀπὸ λόγων  —AbPr

LEMMA: λόγων in text Ab, s.l. Pr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λόγων om. Ab   


Or. 855.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγῳ⟩: ἀπὸ λόγου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.16 (thom gloss) ⟨λόγῳ⟩: ἐν  —ZZmTGuF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 855.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λόγῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: λόγων δηλονότι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: ἡμῖν  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: ἔρχῃ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: ἦλθες  —F2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 856.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἔοικας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς ἔοικεν  —MnS

TRANSLATION:  (‘As you appear’ is) used for ‘as it appears’.

LEMMA: thus in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς ἔοικεν⟩: καὶ ὡς φαίνεται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 856.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγγελος⟩: μηνυτὴς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.01 (857–858) (rec wdord) α (ἔδοξε), β (ψήφῳ), γ (θανεῖν), δ (τῇδ’), ε (σὸν κασ.), ϛ (καί σ’)  —M2


Or. 857.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ψήφῳ Πελασγῶν⟩: ἐν τῇ βουλῇ Ἀργείων  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ψήφῳ Πελασγῶν⟩: τῇ ἀποφάσει τῶν Ἀργείων  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ψήφῳ⟩: τῇ κρίσει  —ZZaZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,29


Or. 857.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ψήφῳ⟩: τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,29


Or. 857.06 (vet exeg) Πελασγῶν: 1τῶν Ἀργείων·  2Πελασγὸς γὰρ βασιλεὺς παλαιὸς Ἀργείων.  —MBOVCRfRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Pelasgians’ means) ‘Argives’. For Pelasgus was an ancient king of the Argives.

LEMMA: Rw, ψήφῳ πελασγῶν V      REF. SYMBOL: MVRf      POSITION: marg. MB, below line (last of page) O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν Ἀργείων om. O   |    2 πελασγὸς … ἀργείων] βασιλεὺς γὰρ ἀργείων τελασγὸς (sic) τοῦ ἄργους V   |    βασ. παλ. ἀργ.] παλαιὸς βασιλεὺς τῶν (om. Rw) ἀργείων ORw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,1; Dind. II.219,29–30


Or. 857.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: 1τῶν Ἀργείων·  2Πελασγὸς γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἄργους γέγονεν.  —MnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (‘Pelasgians’ means) ‘Argives’. For Pelasgus was king of Argos.

LEMMA: ψήφῳ πελασγῶν MnPrRb(πελασιῶν)S      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 γέγονε βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἄργους transp. Sa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.219,29–30 app.


Or. 857.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: τῶν Ἀργείων  —AbMnPrSXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmZuT*CrB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuCr   |    τῶν om. MnPrSB4   


Or. 857.09 (tri exeg) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: ἀπό τινος Πελασγοῦ  —T

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pelasgians’ are so called) from a certain Pelasgus.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸν  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: αὐτάδελφον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.14 (tri metr) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: koinē long over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 857.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 857.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 858.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαιν’⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The gloss exists despite the presence of ὦ in the text.   


Or. 858.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἐκρίθη  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 858.03 (mosch gloss) ἔδοξε: ἐκυρώθη  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAaB4

LEMMA: X(‑εν)      POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 858.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: καὶ ἀπεκυρώθη  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 858.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: καὶ ἤρεσε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 858.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇδ᾽ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ⟩: κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from. sch. 858.03 X      


Or. 858.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῇδ᾽ ἐν⟩: ἐν ταύτῃ  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν] καὶ Ox   


Or. 858.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἡμέρᾳ⟩: τῇ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 858.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 858.10 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 859.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: ὢ τῶν μὲν ἐμῶν[(?)  —V2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The words are in the damaged upper right corner of fol. 49r (lines 859–876), slightly spaced after sch. 868.10, also by V2, and there is no sign of a reference symbol. οἴμοι in 859 seems to be the only thing on this page to which it could refer (851 οἴμοι is on the facing verso). It may have been completed with κακῶν (‘o for my [troubles]!’), but it is unclear why μὲν is included in the paraphrase.   


Or. 859.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: καὶ φεῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 859.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσῆλθεν⟩: ἀργὸν  —G

TRANSLATION:  (The prefix ‘pros’ is here) without semantic force.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀργόν   


Or. 859.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσῆλθε⟩: εἰς τέλος ἔφθασεν  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l. (also above 860 Ab, crossed out)      


Or. 859.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσῆλθε⟩: εἰς πέρας ἐξέβη  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,7


Or. 859.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐλπὶς ἣν⟩: ὁ φόβος καθ’ ὃν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. YT   |    καθοῦ app. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,7


Or. 859.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: ἡ προσδοκία  —MnPrSSaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἡ om. SaOx   


Or. 859.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: τὸ μέλλον  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 859.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: φόβος  —GOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ prep. Ox2   


Or. 859.10 (rec gram) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: ὑπόσχεσις καὶ ἐλπὶς ἐπὶ ἀγαθοῦ. φόβος καὶ ἀπειλὴ ἐπὶ κακοῦ.  —K

TRANSLATION:  ‘Huposchesis’ (‘promise’) and ‘elpis’ (‘hope’) apply to something good. ‘Phobos’ (‘fear’) and ‘apeilē’ (‘threat’) apply to something bad.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 859.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩:  —F2Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 859.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἣν⟩: ἐλπίδα  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 859.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἣν⟩: καθ’ ἣν  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἣν om. G   


Or. 859.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἣν⟩: καὶ ἥντινα  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 859.15 (rec gloss) ⟨φοβουμένη⟩: δειλιῶσα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l. (also above 860, but crossed out)      


Or. 860.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨πάλαι τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἀφορῶσα πολλὰ ἐθρήνουν. —MBVMnPrRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘looking off to what was coming I was often(?) lamenting’.

LEMMA: πάλαι M, τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην V      REF. SYMBOL: VPr      POSITION: marg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλον] μέσον a.c. S   |    πολλὰ] perhaps πάλαι?   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφορατα Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,3; Dind. II.220,9–10

COMMENT:   πολλὰ is somewhat unexpected in the paraphrase: is it meant to convey the intensifying force of ἐξ-, or is it a corruption of πάλαι?   


Or. 860.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: πάλαι ἀφορῶσα εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις. —V3

TRANSLATION:  For some time already, looking off to what was coming I was dissolved into tears and lamentations.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 860.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἤτοι (τὸ μέλλον) ἀφορῶσα ἐθρήνουν.  —O

TRANSLATION:  That is, ‘looking off toward what was coming I was lamenting’.

POSITION: s.l., spaced into three parts, with τὸ μέλλον to be understood from line      


Or. 860.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσα καὶ ἀποβλέπουσα πολλὰ ἐθρήνουν.  —G

TRANSLATION:  Equivalent to ‘Seeing, that is, looking off toward, what was to come I was often(?) lamenting’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.05 (mosch gloss) πάλαι: ἐκ μακροῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 860.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι⟩: πρώην  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   προκαιροῦ Cr   


Or. 860.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάλαι⟩: ὑπῆρχον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.09 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: ἡ προσδοκία τὸ μέλλον.  —MVRw

TRANSLATION:  ‘What is coming/the future’ (means) ‘the expectation’.

POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. V      


Or. 860.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: εἰς  —AaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ add. AaSa   


Or. 860.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: εἰς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: ἀφορῶσα εἰς τὸ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: διὰ  —ArAbFRZuB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ διὰ τὸ Zu   


Or. 860.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τομεταταῦτα Gu   


Or. 860.15 (thom gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: λέγω  —ZZaZmTGuG

POSITION: s.l. (above πάλαι G, app. displaced to left by paraphrase)      

COMMENT:   τὸ μέλλον has commas on both sides in ZZaZmT, meaning Thomas wanted to take it as in apposition to ἣν (ἐλπίδα).   


Or. 860.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: τὸ μέλλων ἐξὸν(?)[  —V2

POSITION: marg. (below sch. 859.01)      

COMMENT:   This is in the damaged right margin and seems to refer to 860 τὸ μέλλον, but I am unable to make any sense of it. One could imagine an annotation like τὸ μέλλων λείπει on 851 λέξειν (on the facing verso), but it is hard to understand how that was corrupted to ἐξο and whatever the strokes after that were.   


Or. 860.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξετηκόμην⟩: κατετρυχώμην  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξετηκόμην⟩: ἐπιεζόμην  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξετηκόμην⟩: ἐλυπούμην  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξετηκόμην⟩: διερρεόμην, ἐφθειρόμην  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 860.05 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐφθειρόμην om. B4   


Or. 860.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξετηκόμην⟩: καὶ ἐδαμαζόμην  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν γόων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 860.19 XTY      


Or. 860.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: διὰ γόων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 860.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: καὶ θρήνοις  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀτὰρ τίς ἀγὼν τίνες … λόγοι⟩: τίς δε ἀγὼν, ποία δὲ ἅμιλλα  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀτὰρ τίς ἀγών⟩: τίς δὲ ἀγών  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀγών om. XF2   


Or. 861.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀτὰρ⟩: δὲ  —RfZZaZmCrOxCr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Cr   


Or. 861.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς ἀγών⟩: ὑπῆρχε  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀγών⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: γρ. ἐν Ἀργείοις.  —FPrG2

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘Argeiōn’, ‘of the Argives’,) the reading ‘en Argeiois’ (‘among the Argives’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all      POSITION: marg. F, s.l. PrG2      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 861.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν Ἀργείοις⟩: Ἀργείων  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘en Argeiois’, ‘among the Argives’, there is a variant) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of the Argives’).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖοι⟩: Ἀργείων  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘Argeioi’, ‘the Argives’, there is a variant) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of the Argives’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: τῶν  —F2

LEMMA: thus in text F      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 861.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λόγοι⟩: οἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεδίκασαν.  2καὶ ‘καθαιροῦσαν ψῆφον’ τὴν καταδικάζουσαν.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Katheilon’, ‘took down’, is) used for ‘condemned/found guilty’. And ‘vote that takes down’ is the one that condemns.

LEMMA: κἀπεκύρω() θανεῖν V      REF. SYMBOL: MV(both to κἀπεκύρωσαν; ref. to καθεῖλον add. M2)      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντί τοῦ om. V, τοῦ om. BC   |    κατεδίκασε C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 καθαιροῦσ() V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,4–5; Dind. II.220,11–12

COMMENT:   For the juncture καθαιροῦσαν ψῆφον, the closest parallels are in a late antique legal phrase εἰ δέ τι καὶ ἕτερον τῇ τῶν ἁγιωτάτων ἐπισκόπων περιέχεται ψήφῳ τῇ τοὺς προειρημένους καθαιρούσῃ τε καὶ ἀναθεματιζούσῃ, κύριον δὴ καὶ τοῦτο τίθεμεν καὶ τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ἡμῶν αὐτὸ νόμοις ἐπικυροῦμεν (Flav. Justinianus, Novellae 267,27-31, quoted in a few later texts) and Concilia Oecumenica 2:1:3.82,28-29 ὡς οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν ἐκ τρίτου, ἐξηνέχθη ψῆφος ἡ καθελοῦσα αὐτόν, but there are precedents with the plural noun in Roman times: Dionys. Hal. Ant. Rom. 7.36.2 ὅ τι δ’ ἂν αἱ πλείους ψῆφοι καθαιρῶσι, τοῦτο ποιεῖν, Plut. Cato Minor 16.9 ἐπεὶ μιᾷ ψήφῳ τὰς ἀφιείσας ὑπερέβαλλον αἱ καθαιροῦσαι.   


Or. 862.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: κατεδίκασαν  —AbMnPrRSSaXXaXbXoV3Y2YfGrZZaZmT*B4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. R   


Or. 862.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: καὶ κατέκριναν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.04 (rec gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: κατεβίβασαν  —V3RfY2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 862.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: ἠνώχλησαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: ἐνίκησαν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: κατέβαλον  —AaFGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZc   |    κατέβαλεν Zc   


Or. 862.08 (rec gloss) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: οἱ λόγοι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: καὶ ἐπεκύρωσαν ἤγουν ἐβεβαίωσαν  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (The uncontracted form of ‘kapekurōsan’ is) ‘kai epekurōsan’ (‘and they ratified’), that is, ‘they made firm (the verdict/penalty)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 862.02 X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,12 (second part only)


Or. 862.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: γρ. ἐκύρωσαν.  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘kapekurōsan’, ‘and ratified a judgment/penalty’,) the reading ‘ekurōsan’ (‘ratified a judgment/penalty’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If the variant is correctly transmitted in Aa, it is unclear what form the whole line took in the source in which the variant was present: perhaps it was a metrically defective text (copied from a damaged exemplar?).    

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 862.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: ἐψηφίσαντο  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: ἐψήφισαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,13


Or. 862.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: κατεδίκασαν  —AaF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: ἐβεβαίωσαν  —G2ZmCrOxB4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 862.15 (thom gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: ἀπεφήναντο  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,12


Or. 862.16 (thom gloss) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: ἔταξαν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.17 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: long marks over first alpha and upsilon  —T3/T

APP. CRIT.:   over alpha by T3, over upsilon earlier by T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 862.18 (rec gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: φονευθῆναι ἡμᾶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 862.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —Aa2Gu

POSITION: marg. Aa2, s.l. Gu      


Or. 863.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: εἰπέ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 863.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨πότερα⟩: πότερον  —XXbXoGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 863.03 (thom gloss) ⟨πότερα⟩: ποῖον  —ZmT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 863.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότερα⟩: ἆρα  —F2ZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἄρα CrZu   


Or. 863.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λευσίμῳ χερί⟩: διὰ χερὸς λίθοις βαλλούσης  —XaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λίθῳ T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   χειρὸς XoY   |    βουλούσης Y   


Or. 863.06 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθοβολήτῳ  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is otherwise attested only in a few entries of Hesychius, Photius, etc. where it glosses λιθόλευστος or λεύσιμος or λευστός. Here it is used in an ‘active’ sense, ‘throwing stones’, just as λιθόλευστος is so used, exceptionally, in sch. 863.09.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 863.07 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθασίμῳ  —F2MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 863.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθαστικῷ  —AbMnPrRSCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 863.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: λιθολεύστῳ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on sch. 853.04.   


Or. 864.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ … πνεῦμ’ ἀπορρῆξαί με δει⟩: ἢ δεῖ ἐμὲ ἀπορρῆξαι τὸ σῶμα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 864.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σιδήρου⟩: ξίφους  —F2G2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 864.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πνεῦμ’⟩: τὴν ζωήν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ ζωῆ Sa   


Or. 864.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνεῦμ’⟩: τὴν ψυχὴν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   


Or. 864.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πνεῦμ’⟩: τὸ  —F2B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 864.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀπορρῆξαι⟩: ἀποβαλεῖν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrF2B4

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 864.04 XT      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,14


Or. 864.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπορρῆξαι⟩: βιαίως ἀφεῖναι  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφῆναι T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,14


Or. 864.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορρῆξαι⟩: ἀποδοῦναι  —AaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 864.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: χρὴ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 864.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δεῖ⟩: ἀπόκειται  —KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZbZmT*F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 865.01 (thom exeg) ⟨κοινὰς ἀδελφῷ συμφορὰς⟩: 1ἢ ἴσον θάνατον τῷ ἀδελφῷ θνήσκουσαν, ἢ τὴν αὐτὴν δυστυχίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἔχουσαν,  2ὡς ἐκείνου μὲν τὸν φόνον ποιήσαντος, ἐμοῦ δὲ συμβουλευσάσης.  3καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι δυστυχοῦμεν, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὑπόσχωμεν ἂν θάνατον.   —ZZaZbZmT(Ta)Gu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Common misfortunes with my brother’ means) either dying the same death as my brother, or having the same misfortune as my brother, since he carried out the murder, but I advised it. And therefore, since we both are similarly unfortunate, we will also undergo the same death.

REF. SYMBOL: all      POSITION: s.l. Zb, marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   T largely damaged, read from Ta   |    1 θνήσκουσα Za   |    3 ὁμοίως om. ZZa   |    ὑπέσχωμεν ZZa   |    ἂν om. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 διατοῦτο ZZaZmTGu   |    ὑπόσχομεν T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.220,15–18


Or. 865.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κοινὰς ἀδελφῷ συμφορὰς⟩: κοινὰς συμφορὰς ταῖς συμφοραῖς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Common misfortunes with my brother’ means) ‘misfortunes in common with the misfortunes of my brother’.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoTGr      


Or. 865.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφῷ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 865.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφορὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 865.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτημένην⟩: ἐμὲ  —AaMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμαυτὴν a.c. Aa   


Or. 865.06 (thom gloss) ⟨κεκτημένην⟩: ἔχουσαν  —ZZaZmTGuF2CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (above συμφορὰς Cr)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐχούσαν Zm   


Or. 865.07 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 866.01 (thom rhet) διήγησις  —ZT

TRANSLATION:  Narration.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  διήγησις   


Or. 866.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἔτυχον  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠρχόμην  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἤμην  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: καὶ ὑπῆρχον ἐγὼ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἐγὼ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.07 (rec exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: γρ. μὲν.  —R

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘gar’, ‘for’,) the reading ‘men’ (particle, ‘on the one hand’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R      REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 866.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀγρόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγροῦ  —Aa2F2KMnPrSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZuCrOxB2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuCrOx   |    τοῦ ἀγροῦ om. K, τοῦ om. G   


Or. 866.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πυλῶν ἔσω⟩: τοῦ κάστρου  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κάστρον may mean ‘wall (of the city)’ or ‘(walled, fortified) city’ (Kriaras s.v.); LBG defines κάστρωθεν as ‘von der Burg’.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 866.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πυλῶν ἔσω⟩: τῆς πόλεως  —ZZmTGuGAaB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πυλῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 866.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔσω⟩: καὶ ἐντὸς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαίνων⟩: ἐτύγχανον βαίνων, ἤγουν ἔβαινον.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (The simple order is) ‘I happened to be going’, that is, ‘I was going’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 866 ἐτύγχανον T)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Xo   


Or. 867.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαίνων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔβαινον  —ZcGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Gu   


Or. 867.03 (rec gloss) ⟨βαίνων⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —F2SaCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 867.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βαίνων⟩: πορευόμενος  —AaG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πυθέσθαι⟩: μαθεῖν  —V1AbFMnPrRSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 867.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πυθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐρωτῆσαι  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δεόμενος⟩: χρῄζων  —M2V1AaAbFXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmT*CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FCrOx   


Or. 867.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δεόμενος⟩: χρείαν ἔχων  —SaZcZu2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 867.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεόμενος⟩: θέλων  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἀμφὶ σοῦ⟩: τὰ περὶ σὲ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἀμφὶ σοῦ⟩: καὶ τὰ περὶ σοῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 867.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: περὶ  —F2MnSXXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοῦ add. Y   


Or. 868.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τά τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ὀρέστου⟩: τὰ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 868.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τά τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ὀρέστου⟩: καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὀρέστου om. Ox   


Or. 868.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 868.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμφ᾽⟩: περὶ  —F2MnG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. F2   


Or. 868.05 (868–869) (thom gloss) ⟨εὔνοιαν … εἶχον⟩: τουτέστιν εὐνοικῶς διεκείμην  —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   last word lost to damage Z   


Or. 868.06 (868–869) (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔνοιαν … εἶχον⟩: εὔνους ἤμην  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 868.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔνοιαν⟩: ἀγάπην  —AaF2MnPrRGuYfZuCrOxB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. YfZuCrOx   


Or. 868.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔνοιαν⟩: φιλίαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 868.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔνοιαν⟩: καὶ σχέσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   A somewhat odd gloss, since σχέσις simply means a connection, relation, or relationship and does not specify that it is one of affection, favor, or good will.   


Or. 868.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὔνοιαν⟩: προμήθεια ἡ ἀπὸ δεσποτῶν εἰς τοὺς δούλους, εὔνοια δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων εἰς δεσπότας.  —V2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Promētheia’ (‘forethought’) is the (disposition shown) from masters toward their slaves, ‘eunoia’ (‘good will’) from slaves toward masters.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 869.05 F2.   


Or. 869.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀεί ποτ’⟩: καὶ πάντοτε  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 869.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀεί ποτ’⟩: καὶ διηνεκῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 869.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶχον⟩: ἐφύλασσον  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφύλαττον G   


Or. 869.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶχον⟩: ἐτήρουν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 869.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨καί μ’ ἔφερβε σὸς δόμος⟩: πρόνοια δεσπότου δούλῳ.  —F

TRANSLATION:  Forethought of a master for a slave.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 868.10.   


Or. 869.06 (vetMosch gloss) ⟨ἔφερβε⟩: ἔτρεφε  —MVAa2AbMnPrSXXaXbXoYYfGrT*ZcZu2CrOxC2

POSITION: s.l. except X; ἔφορβε in text MnS      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZu2CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,6; Dind. II.223,17

COMMENT:   Perhaps in this case Triclinius expresses with the cross above that he had already sourced the gloss from elsewhere (not Thomas) and then verified that the same gloss is in his Moschopulean source.   


Or. 869.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔφερβε⟩: ἔθρεψεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 869.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔφερβε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βίον φέρειν ἐτυμολογεῖται.  —GB3c

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pherbō’) is derived from ‘bring (‘pher-’) sustenance (‘bios’)’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐτυμ. om. G   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 869.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὸς⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 869.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμος⟩: οἶκος  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 870.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πένητα μὲν⟩: ἔτρεφε  —XbXoT+YYf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πένητα⟩: πένης κυρίως ὁ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν ἐργαζόμενος καὶ μηδὲν ἔχων πλέον ἢ μικρὰν τὴν καθημερινὴν ζωήν.  —PrSa

TRANSLATION:  ‘Penēs’ (‘poor man’) is properly used of the man who works with his hands and has nothing more than his daily livelihood in small quantity.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ om., s.l. add. Sa   |    μικρὰν τὴν om. Sa   


Or. 870.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πένητα⟩: ὄντα  —AaSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. erased in Aa   


Or. 870.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πένητα⟩: ὑπάρχοντα ἐμὲ δοῦλον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πένητα⟩: καὶ πτωχὸν ὑπάρχοντα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχον Ox   


Or. 870.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πένητα⟩: ὑπάρχοντα  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πένητα⟩: πένης ὑπάρχων ἐγὼ  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: γενναῖον δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τοῖς φίλοις εἰς τὸ χρῆσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐμοὶ, ὅμοιον τῷ ‘ἡδὺς ὁ ποταμὸς πιεῖν’.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  And being noble for my friends with respect to their using me, similar (in syntax) to ‘the river is sweet to drink’.

LEMMA: γενναῖον φίλοις G      POSITION: s.l. XaXb      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Y   |    ὁ om. G   

COMMENT:   See above on sch. 806.01.   


Or. 870.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: ὄντα με πρὸς τὸ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς φίλοις  —AbMnPrS

TRANSLATION:  Me being (noble) in respect to helping friends.

POSITION: s.l. (above σὸς δόμος πένητα μὲν S)      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ Mn   |    βοηθεῖν Ab   


Or. 870.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: ἤγουν εἰς χρείαν φίλων εὐγενῆ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον⟩: εὐγενῆ πρὸς τὸ χρῆσθαι  —MB

TRANSLATION:  Noble with respect to using.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,7; Dind. II.223,18


Or. 870.12 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: ἐπικουρεῖν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπὶ κουρεῖν Ab   


Or. 870.13 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: βοηθεῖν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.14 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: ἔχειν  —KCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 870.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: καὶ κτῆσθαι  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶσθαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.17 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: πρὸς τὸ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.18 (rec gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: εἰς τὸ  —Aa2Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρῆσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.20 (rec gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ὄντα  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ἐμὲ φίλον  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.22 (rec gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: εὐγενῆ  —OVKGGuZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 870.23 (rec gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ἰσχυρὸν  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      


Or. 870.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ἀγαθὸν  —AaZB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ἀνδρεῖον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: καὶ καλὸν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: ἐπιτήδειον ἐμὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 870.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: βέβαιον  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 870. 24 with ἤγουν      


Or. 870.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενναῖον⟩: εὐυπόληπτον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is first attested in late antiquity and is common in the sense ‘having a good reputation’ in Byzantine texts.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 870.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλοις⟩: φίλων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The meaning of the genitive gloss is uncertain.   


Or. 870.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλοις⟩: ἐν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.01 (rec rhet) ⟨ὁρὼ δ’ ὄχλον στείχοντα⟩: σχῆμα ἐναργείας  —Rf

TRANSLATION:  The figure of vividness (making the audience share the speaker’s experience of the event).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐνάργεια   


Or. 871.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶδον  —VZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Zu   


Or. 871.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: ἑώρων  —AaFGGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔωρον (app. ὧρον a.c.)F   


Or. 871.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: καὶ βλέπω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: koinē short over first omicron  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 871.07 (rec gloss) ⟨στείχοντα⟩: ὁρμῶντα  —V1

POSITION: s.l. above θάσσοντ’      

COMMENT:   I have presented this as displaced from στείχοντα, but it is to be noted that Hesych. θ 127 θάσσουσα: σπεύδουσα and Et. Gud. 255,45 Sturz θάσσουσαι: σπεύδουσαι could support the view that someone interpreted θάσσοντ’ here as a verb of motion, which would fit the position of this gloss above θάσσοντ’.   


Or. 871.08 (rec gloss) ⟨στείχοντα⟩: ταχέως ἐρχόμενον  —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨στείχοντα⟩: ἐρχόμενον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.10 (thom gloss) ⟨στείχοντα⟩: πορευόμενον  —ZZaZbZlTGuZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   


Or. 871.11 (vet exeg) καὶ θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν: 1τόπος οὕτω καλούμενος.  2τὸν Πρῶνα λέγει·  3ἐνταῦθά φασι τοὺς Ἀργείους ἐκκλησιάζειν.  —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (‘Peak’ is) a place so called. He means the Pron (‘height’). Here they say the Argives used to meet in assembly.

LEMMA: MBVCPr, καὶ θάσσων δ’ ἄκραν Rb, θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν MnS      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: out of order top of 49v, with verse on 49r, V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὗτος VCSa   |    2 λέγει δὲ τὴν πρῶνα B   |    3 φασι] B, om. M, φησὶ VCMnPrRbS, δε φησι Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὔτω M, οὗτο Mn   |    3 ἐνταῦθα φα() B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,8–9; Dind. II.223,19–20

COMMENT:   ‘Pron’ is a common noun meaning ‘peak’, ‘hill’, ‘promontory’, and the like. As a proper noun it appears in Paus. 2.34–36 of the mountain or hill called Pron in Hermione, while the scholia on this passage are the only places using the term of a location in Argos, presumably owing the information to Deinias (see sch. 872.05).   

COLLATION NOTES:   In V φη() has a somewhat ambiguous eta that is easily seen as an alpha, as Dindorf (or his collator) read it, but close inspection of the ductus shows that Schwartz’s report of φη() is probably correct.   


Or. 871.12 (vet exeg) ⟨καὶ θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν⟩: 1τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φασι.  2τόπος οὕτω καλούμενος.  3λέγει δὲ τὸν Πρῶνα.   —B

TRANSLATION:  They say (it is) the Heliaea. A place so called. And he means the Pron.

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   3 τὸν] τὴν B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠλιαίαν B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185, app. at 20


Or. 871.13 (vet exeg) θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν: φασὶ τὸν Δαναὸν ἐνταῦθα δεδωκέναι δίκας τῷ Αἰγύπτῳ ὑπὲρ ὧν εἰργάσαντο φόνων αἱ θυγατέρες αὐτοῦ. —MBVCMnPrRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   They say that Danaus here granted arbitration to Aegyptus concerning the killings which his daughters brought about.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrRb(θᾶσσον τ’)S, 872 δαναὸν Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 870.11. BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνταῦθα φησὶ τὸν Δαναὸν transp. Rw   |    φασὶ] Dindorf, φη(σὶ) all (φησὶν Mn) except λέγουσι δὲ καὶ B   |    δίκας om. MnPrS, transp. after τῶ αἰγ. Rw   |    ὃν M   |    φόνων] Rw (Arsen.), φόνον others (MeMuPh)   |    at end add. αἱ πεντήκοντα τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ:~ ζήτει ὄπι⟨σ⟩θεν V [referring to sch. 872.04 on 49r, prev. page]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυγατέραις MnRbS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,10–11; Dind. II.223,20–22


Or. 871.14 (rec gloss) ⟨θάσσοντ’⟩: καθέζοντα  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.15 (recThom gloss) ⟨θάσσοντ’⟩: καθήμενον  —M2V3AaF2KZZaZbZlZmTGuGZcZuB2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZu   


Or. 871.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θάσσοντ’⟩: καταλαμβάνοντα  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨θάσσοντ’⟩: καθίζοντα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx2

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 871.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: ὄνομα ἀκρωτηρίου, ἢ ἀκρόπολιν  —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Akra’ is ) the name of a peak, or the acropolis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀκρωτήριον Sa, ambig. truncation MnS   |    ἢ om. Mn   


Or. 871.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φησὶ.  —ArAa

TRANSLATION:  He means the Heliaea.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φησὶ om. Aa   


Or. 871.20 (thom exeg) ἄκραν: εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἔνθα ἦν καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον Ἡλιαία δικαστήριον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  At the acropolis, where there was also the court-area called Heliaea.

LEMMA: ZlT      REF. SYMBOL: ZlT      POSITION: s.l. ZZaZbZm, marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    ἦν om. Za   |    καὶ om. Zb   |    at end add. φόνου τῶν υἱέων Zb (fragment of sch. 872.16)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠλιαῖα Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,19–20


Or. 871.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: εἰς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: πόλεως  —OGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς prep. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,19


Or. 871.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: κατὰ τὸ ἀκρωτήριον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: εἰς ἀκρόπολιν  —AbB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς] τὴν B2   


Or. 871.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: εἰς πρῶνα δῆλον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρώνα F   


Or. 871.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: πρῶνα  —V3

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 871.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: τὸ ἀκρωτήριον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 871.17 X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,19


Or. 871.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: κατὰ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 871.29 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: κατὰ τὴν  —XXaXbXoYYfGrOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. XoOx2   


Or. 871.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἄκραν τῆς πόλεως  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 871.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: τόπος ἐστίν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 872.01 (872–873) (rec wdord) α (οὗ), β (ἀθροῖσαι), γ (δαναὸν), δ (λαὸν), ε (διδόντ’), ϛ (δίκας), ζ (αἰγύπτω)  —M2


Or. 872.02 (872–873) (pllgn wdord) α (πρῶτον), β (ἀθροῖσαι), γ (διδόντ’), δ (δίκας)  —Aa


Or. 872.03 (vet exeg) οὗ φασι πρῶτον: 1ὅπου φασὶ πρῶτον Δαναὸν μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱῶν Αἰγύπτου δοῦναι δίκας.  2αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Αἴγυπτος ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος τιμωρήσων τὸν φόνον.  3Δαναὸς δὲ μαθὼν ἐξῆγεν εἰς ὅπλα τοὺς Ἀργείους, ἀλλὰ Λυγκεὺς πείθει λόγοις ὁρίσασθαι τὴν ἔχθραν, καὶ καθιστῶσι δικαστὰς αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἀργείων τοὺς ἀρίστους.  4ὁ δὲ τόπος ἔνθα ἡ δίκη συνήχθη περὶ τὴν μεγίστην ἄκραν ⟨ἦν⟩, ἔνθα καὶ Ἴναχος ἁλίσας τὸν λεὼν συνεβούλευσεν οἰκίζειν τὸ πεδίον.  5ὁ δὲ τόπος ἐξ ἐκείνου Ἁλιαία καλεῖται.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Where they say Danaus, as the first, granted arbitration after the death of the sons of Aegyptus. For Aegyptus himself came to Argos to avenge the murder. When Danaus learned this, he brought the Argives out to fight, but Lynceus persuades (them) to arbitrate the (cause of) enmity, and they appoint as jurors for them the noblest of the Egyptians and Argives. And the place where the court was assembled was around the highest hill, the place where Inachus too gathered the people and advised them to settle the plain. And the place is called for that reason Haliaea.

LEMMA: M(οὐ or οὖ)VMn(φασὶ)PrRbS, οὗ φασι πρῶτον δαναόν C, ἄλλως Rw, in marg. B,      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 872.06 BCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅπου … δαναὸν om. Rw   |    τὸν add. before δαναὸν BVMnS, τῶν δαναῶν Rb   |    punct. after δαναόν as if end of lemma C (lemma also is punctuated)   |    after μετὰ (μετ’ Pr) add. ἄγγελον MnPrRbSSa   |    τὸν om. B   |    υἱέων VMnPrRbSSa   |    1–2 αἰγύπτου … εἰς ἄργος] B, ἧκεν εἰς ἄργος αἴγυπτος others(αἴγυπτον S)   |    1 Αἰγύπτῳ Schw. (cf. 871.13)   |    2 ἄργους C   |    τιμωρήσαν Rb   |    2–3 τὸν φόνον … λόγοις om. S   |    2 τῶ φόνω BRw   |    3 ἐξήγαγεν Rw   |    τοὺς μὴ ἀργείους Sa   |    first καὶ om. Rb   |    ὁρίσασθαι] λῦσαι BRw   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτοὺς M(but grave written over circumflex)VCSa, αὐτῆς MnPrRbS   |    καὶ ἀργείων transp. after ἀρίστους Rb, but corr. order indicated with β, α s.l.   |    second καὶ om. Sa   |    4–5 treated as sep. sch. Sa   |    4 ὁ δὲ τόπος ἔνθα del. Schw., add. δὲ after ἡ   |    συνήχθη ἡ δίκη transp. MnSSa   |    περὶ] παρὰ MnRwSa   |    ⟨ἦν⟩ Mastr., after ⟨ἐστίν⟩ Wilam. 1880: 93   |    ἔνθα καὶ … ἁλίσας om. MnPrSSa   |    τὸν λαὸν BRw, τῶν λεῶν Sa   |    συνεβούλευσεν] συνενήλευσεν M, συνεβούλευεν Rb   |    5 ὁ δὲ … καλεῖται] ἐξ ἐκείνου ἁλιδιὰς καλεῖται ἡ νῦν ἠλιαία λεγομένη B   |    ἐξ om. Pr   |    Ἁλιαία] ἁλιδίας Rw (cf. conflation in B), ἁλία Cobet (approved by Wilam.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐξἦγεν M   |    ὅπλους app. Pr   |    λυγγεὺς Sa   |    C app. began to write zeta after ὁρι but crossed it out   |    καθἱστῶσι M, καθίστωσι C   |    δεκαστὰς Sa   |    4 ἀλίσας B   |    παιδίον Mn   |    5 ἀλιαία M, ἁλιαῖα VMnRbS, ἁλιέα Sa, ἡλιαῖα C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,12–19; Dind. II.224,6–13

COMMENT:   Moderns consider Pron the name of the hill on which the court met, and Haliaea the name of the court itself, as stated in the next. This fact and the clearer nature of the resulting etymology lend some support to Cobet’s emendation ἁλία in sentence 5.   |   Perhaps this scholion should be presented as two separate versions. What is offered by the witnesses other than B could originally have begun μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱῶν ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρήσων τὸν φόνον (compare Thomas’s adaptation of this scholion in sch. 872.08, which begins μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱέων ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρησόμενος Δαναόν), and the preceding words could be due to conflation with an alternative form of the lemma, subsequently adjusted to paraphrase style with the substitution of ὅπου for οὗ. B’s version could then be seen as an expanded recension secondary to the conflated version of the other witnesses.   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 872.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ πολλὴ δόξα κατέχει μὴ ἀφῖχθαι τὸν Αἴγυπτον εἰς Ἄργος, καθάπερ ἄλλοι τέ φασι καὶ Ἑκαταῖος γράφων οὕτως [EGM fr. 19 Fowler = FHG IV p. 627a]·  2‘ὁ δὲ Αἴγυπτος αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς Ἄργος, παῖδες δὲ, ὡς μὲν Ἡσίοδος [fr. 127 M–W] ἐποίησε, πεντήκοντα, ὡς ἐγὼ δὲ, οὐδὲ εἴκοσι’.  3καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ κυκλογράφος [FGrHist 15 F 6 Jacoby, BNJ 15 ed. P. Ceccarelli] {ἐν} τούτῳ τὰ παραπλήσιά φησι.  4Φρύνιχος δὲ ὁ τραγικός φησι [TrGF 3 F 1 Snell] σὺν Αἰγυπτίοις τὸν Αἴγυπτον ἥκειν εἰς Ἄργος.  5λέγεται δέ τις ἐν Ἄργει Πρὼν, ὅπου δικάζουσιν Ἀργεῖοι.  —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   The general opinion prevails that Aegyptus did not go to Argos, just as both others say and in particular Hecataeus, writing as follows: ‘Aegyptus himself did not go to Argos, but his sons (did), as Hesiod (says), fifty (in number), but as I say, not even twenty’. And Dionysius the writer of a cyclic history says things similar to him (or: to this?). But Phrynichus the tragedian says that Aegyptus came to Argos with Egyptians. And a certain Pron in Argos is spoken of, the place where the Argives hold court.

LEMMA: VC, in marg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄλλοι τέ φασι] ἄλλοι· στέφανος VRw   |    ἄλλοις τε MC   |    ἑκταῖος Rw   |    γράφων] Arsen. (MeMuPh), γράφεται M, γράφει B, γρ() C, app. γράψον V, γὰρ Rw   |    παῖδες δὲ] Weil 1878: 84–85 (whence παῖδες δὲ ⟨ἐόντες⟩ Wilamowitz 1914: 20 n. 3, a supplement deemed unnecessary by Weil), παῖδας δὲ all, except παῖδας μὲν M, παῖδας δὲ ⟨ἀπέστειλεν⟩ Kirchhoff 1879: 327; παῖδας δὲ ⟨αὐτοῦ· καὶ παῖδας μὲν⟩ Wilamowitz 1880: 94   |    2 second δὲ] μὲν M   |    ν̅ MBC   |    ὡς … εἴκοσι om. B   |    ἐγὼ δὲ] Wilam. 1880, δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω Kirchhoff, λέγων δὲ M(ambig. whether λέγω or ‑ων)VCRw   |    εἴκοσι] Weil and Wilam. 1880, εἰσί M, εἰσὶ VRw, ἔστι C   |    3 κυκλογράφος] Cobet (cf. sch. 996.03), κυκλογραφεὺς all   |    ἐν τούτῳ τὰ (τοὺς Rw) παραπλήσια MVCRw, ἐν del. Schwartz (Addenda II.441), τὰ παραπλήσια τούτῳ (ἐν om.) B, ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τὰ παραπλήσιά Cobet   |    4 φρυνίων C   |    φησι σὺν] φησιν ἐν Nauck on Phrynichus TGF fr. 1   |    σὺν αἰγ. om. B   |    5 λέγει MC   |    παρὼν C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφίχθαι MVCRw   |    οὕτω VRw   |    2 οὐκῆλθεν B   |    οὐκ’ V   |    παραπλήσια φησί MVCRw, τούτῳ φησὶ B   |    4 τραγικὸς φησὶ MBVCRw   |    5 πρῶν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.184,20–185,4; Dind. II.224,13–225,1

COMMENT:   On the uncertainties about which Dionysius this is and where he was from, see Schwartz in RE 5:1 (1905) 933 (‘Dionysios’ no. 110), and the discussion of P. Ceccarelli in BNJ, both in favor of a Samian author of the 3rd or 2nd cent. BCE.   

COLLATION NOTES:   The sign on 2 λέγ in M is smaller than the usual (ων) and appears to have the beginning of an upward curve on the right, so it may well be a hastily written ω-sign; but it cannot be excluded that it is (ων), as previous collators interpreted it.   

KEYWORDS:   citation of literature other than Homer   |   citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation)   |   citation of historian or scholar   |   mythography   


Or. 872.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: 1οὗ παρῆκεν ὁ Δαναὸς Αἰγύπτῳ δικάσασθαι.  2ἱστορεῖ δὲ περὶ τοῦ χωρίου Δεινίας [FGrHist 306 F 3 Jacoby = BNJ fr. 3 Tell = fr. 3 Müller FHG III.24–25] ἐν θ̅ τῆς πρώτης συντάξεως, ἐκδόσεως δὲ δευτέρας, γράφων οὕτως·  3‘ταχέως δὲ κυριεύσαντες τὸν †Μέλάχαριν† καὶ τὴν Κλεομήτραν βάλλοντες τοῖς λίθοις ἀπέκτειναν.  4καὶ τὸν τάφον αὐτῶν δεικνύουσι καὶ νῦν ἔτι ὑπεράνω τοῦ καλουμένου Πρωνὸς, χῶμα †παντελῶς†, οὗ συμβαίνει τοὺς Ἀργείους δικάζειν’.  5τάχα δ’ ἂν τούτου καὶ ἐν Βελλεροφόντῃ μνημονεύοι εἰπών [TrGF fr. 305 Kannicht]·  6‘καὶ ξεστὸν ὄχθον Δαναϊδῶν ἑδρασμάτων / στὰς ἐν μέσοισιν εἶπε κηρύκων ⟨ ⏑ ‒ ⟩’.  —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Where Danaus allowed Aegyptus to bring suit. Deinias tells about the place in the ninth book of the first syntaxis, second edition, writing as follows: ‘Swiftly having taken control they killed †Melacharis† and Cleometra by pelting them with stones. And they show even now their tomb above the so-called Pron, a mound †entirely†, where it happens that the Argives hold court. And perhaps he (the poet) may be referring to this also in Bellerophon, saying ‘ … the polished prominence where the Danaidae (Argives) sit, (someone) standing in the midst of the heralds said … ’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλ’ as first word of note MVCRw      POSITION: cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὗ … δικάσασθαι om. B   |    οὗ παρῆκεν Schw. after οὐ παρῆκεν Cobet, οὐ παρήκει MVC, οὐ παρήκειν Rw, οὐ παρεκεῖ Wilam. 1880: 93, all except Schw. retaining ἀλλ’ and cont. from prev. [B]   |    2 δ of δεινίας erased or abraded in M   |    ἐν … δευτέρας om. B   |    ἐν θ̅] Müller, ἔνθα M(ἔν with θ above)VCRw, ἐν τῷ πρῴτῳ Cobet   |    second δὲ om. M   |    δεύτερον M   |    γράφων] γρ() MC, app. γράψον V, om. Rw   |    3 ταχέως] τείχεος conj. Müller   |    Μελάγχρον Dindorf, after Μελάγχρουν Cobet, μελάχαριν MB, μὲν λάχαριν C, μὲν λάχρ V, μὲν λάτοϊν Rw   |    κλεομήστραν C, κλεομήτρ() V   |    τοῖς om. B   |    4 ἔτι καὶ νῦν transp. B   |    πρῶνου or πρὼνου M   |    χῶμα ⟨γῆς⟩ παντελῶς Jacoby   |    τοὺς] app. τὸ B   |    5 μνημονεύοι] Matthiae, ‑εύει all   |    6 ὄχλον B   |    ἑδρασμένων Rw, ἑδράσματα Hermann, Opusc. 2:322   |    στὰς om. VRw   |    ἐν μέσοις V, ἐν πέσει Rw   |    at end ⟨ὕπο⟩ Cobet (for other conjectural supplements see Kannicht)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 οὕτω VRw   |    4 δεικνύουσιν B   |    ὑπὲρ ἄνω MVC   |    πρωνὸς] Cobet, πρῶνος BVCRw [πρῶνας in Schw.’s app. is a misprint]   |    5 βελερ‑ M   |    6 ἐδρασμάτων MC   |    εἶπεν MB   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,5–12; Dind. II.225,1–8

COMMENT:   For the Deinias fragment, see H. Tell’s commentary in BNJ. If one accepts Schwartz’s ἄλλως as restored lemma and οὗ for οὐ, Deinias is another source (or the explicit source) for Danaus submitting to a trial at this location, whereas for Cobet and Wilamowitz Deinias is being cited as a dissident source to contrast with Euripides’ version.   |   The two proper names in the fragment are not otherwise known from Argive myths and are uncertain. The name Melanchrus conjectured by Dindorf after Cobet is based on knowledge of a tyrant of Lesbos with that name, Alcaeus fr. 331 L–P = 331 Voigt, Strabo 13.2.3, etc. The name (sometimes in the form Μέλανχρος) is also attested in several inscriptions from Lesbos, Thasos, and Assos (LGPN I:302, VA:287). The name Λαχάρης is more widely attested, but the μὲν of VC is unlikely to be correct, and C’s λάχαριν could have been induced by assimilation to that name. The name Κλεομήτρα is attested only here.   |   The translation of the fragment of Bellerophon is uncertain because of the truncation of the syntax at both ends: ‘of heralds’ could also go with something that followed, as Cobet assumed in supplying ⟨ὕπο⟩.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, Bellerophon   |   Deinias   


Or. 872.06 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1Δαναὸς ἐγένετο Ἄργους βασιλεύς.  2οὗτος τὰς θυγατέρας ἑαυτοῦ πεντήκοντα οὔσας ἐκδίδωσι πρὸς γάμον τοῖς υἱοῖς Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ αὐτοῖς οὖσιν.  3οὗτος ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον χρησόμενος εἰ ἄρα καλῶς ἔγημαν αἱ θυγατέρες.  4ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἔχρησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τούτου κινδυνεύσειν.  5ὁ δὲ ἔπεισε τὰς θυγατέρας ἀνελεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Αἰγύπτου.  6μόνη δὲ Ὑπερμήστρα ἐφείσατο τοῦ Λυγκέως, καὶ οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν Ἄργους.  —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Danaus became king of Argos. He gives his own daughters, being fifty (in number), in marriage to the sons of Aegyptus, being themselves fifty (in number). He went away to the oracle to inquire whether in fact his daughters married for the good. The god replied with the oracle that he would incur danger from this arrangement. And he persuaded his daughters to kill the sons of Aegyptus. Hypermestra alone spared Lynceus, and he became king of Argos.

LEMMA:  in marg. M, ἄλλως Rw, (ἄλλως prep. B) οὗ φασι πρῶτον δαναόν BC      POSITION: cont. from prev. V, add. δὲ; precedes sch. 782.03 BC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δαναὸς om. Rw   |    2 ἑαυτοῦ] αὐτοῦ C   |    first πεντ.] ν̅ MC   |    ἐξέδοτο V   |    second πεντ.] ν̅ MBCRw   |    3 ἀπῆλθον V   |    χρησάμενος Rw   |    4 ἔχρησεν οὖν ὁ θεὸς Rw   |    αὐτῷ B, app. Rw   |    τούτων Rw   |    5 ὁ δὲ] ὃς δείσας Rw   |    πείσας V   |    6 ὑπερμνήστρα VRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 ἔπεισεν M   |    6 ἐφήσατο M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,13–19; Dind. II.223,23–224,5

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 872.07 (rec exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: 1Δαναὸς ἐγένετο Ἄργους βασιλεύς.  2οὗτος τὰς πεντήκοντα θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ δέδωκε τοῖς υἱοῖς Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ αὐτοῖς οὖσι.  3εἶτα εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον ἐλθὼν ἔμαθε ὅτι ἐξωσθῆναι ⟨δεῖ⟩ τῆς βασιλείας ἔκ τινος τῶν γαμβρῶν,  4καὶ μὴ νοῶν ποῖος ἐστὶν, ἔκτεινε αὐτοὺς.  5μόνη μία τῶν θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐφείσατο τοῦ ἀνδρὸς Λυγκέως τοὔνομα, καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν Ἄργους.   —Rf

TRANSLATION:  Danaus became king of Argos. This man gave his fifty daughters in marriage to the sons of Aegyptus, also being fifty (in number). Then going to an oracle he learned that it is necessary for him to be driven from the kingship by one of his sons-in-law, and not knowing which one it is, he killed them. Only one of his daughters spared her husband, Lynceus by name, and shortly thereafter this man became king of Argos.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δέδοκε Rf   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 872.08 (thom exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: 1μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱέων ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρησόμενος Δαναόν.  2καὶ ὃς μαθὼν ἐξῆλθε μετὰ τῶν Ἀργείων εἰς μάχην.  3ἀλλὰ Λυγγεὺς ὁ υἱὸς Αἰγύπτου ὁ μόνος ἀποφυγὼν τὸν θάνατον πείθει λόγοις τόν τε πατέρα Αἴγυπτον καὶ Δαναὸν θεῖον καταλῦσαι τὴν μάχην καὶ εἰς κρίσιν ἐλθεῖν.  4καθιστῶσιν οὖν δικαστὰς αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἀργείων ἀρίστους.  5γέγονε δὲ ἡ δίκη παρὰ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἔνθα καὶ πρῶτον Ἴναχος κατελθὼν ἐξ ὄρους μετά τινων ἀνδρῶν ᾤκισε τὸ πεδίον.  6ὁ δὲ τόπος ἐξ ἐκείνου Ἡλιαία καλεῖται, ἐν ᾧ Ἀργεῖοι ἐποίουν τὰς δίκας.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   After the death of his sons Aegyptus came to Argos to avenge himself on Danaos. And he, learning of this, came out with the Argives for battle. But Lynceus, the only son of Aegyptus who escaped death, persuades by arguments his father Aegyptus and his father-in-law Danaus to cease the battle and enter into a courtcase. So then they establish as jurors for them the noblest of the Egyptians and Argives. The trial took place along the acropolis, where also Inachus, when he first came down from the mountain with some men, settled the plain. The place in which the Argives conducted their trials is called Heliaea from that.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl, at Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας ZZaZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμωρούμενος ZZa   |    3 app. λυγκεὶς a.c. Zl   |    τὸν add. before θεῖον T3   |    ἐλθεῖν om., in marg. add. Z   |    4 τοὺς add. before ἀρίστους T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 ὥκησε a.c. or p.c. Z   |    6 ἠλιαία ZZmGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,9–18

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 872.09 (vet exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φησί. —M

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘where’) he means the Heliaea.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,20; Dind. II.225,18


Or. 872.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: ὅπου  —M2OVAa2AbFKMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOxB2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FRZcCrOx   |    ἐμῆς (or ἑμῆς) add. G   

COMMENT:   It is mysterious what caused G to add ἐμῆς here.   


Or. 872.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: ἐκεῖ  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 872.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φασὶ⟩: καὶ λέγουσι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 872.13 (tri metr) ⟨φασὶ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 872.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Δαναὸν Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας⟩: τιμωρούμενον τὸν Δαναὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Αἰγύπτου  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 872.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαναὸν Αἰγύπτῳ⟩: Αἴγυπτος καὶ Δαναὸς κατῴκουν Ἄργος.  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  Aegyptus and Danaus settled in Argos.

POSITION: on facing recto      


Or. 872.16 (thom exeg) ⟨Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας⟩: ἐν κρίσει ἀπολογίας τοῦ φόνου τῶν υἱέων  —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dikas’ in this place means) arguments (offered) in a trial in defense of the murder of the sons.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu      POSITION: s.l. except Gu, precedes sch. 872.08 Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ add. before τῶν Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,9

COMMENT:   The plural ἀπολογίας is perhaps chosen to match the plural δίκας. The alternative of taking ἀπολογίας as genitive singular yields, in my view, a clumsy sense: ‘in a trial/judgment of the justification of the murder of the sons’.   


Or. 872.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας⟩: δοῦναι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 872.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκας⟩: τιμωρίας  —ZcB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 873.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: συναγαγεῖν  —F2Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,21


Or. 873.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: συνάξαι  —ZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 873.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: συναθροῖσαι  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 873.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: εἰς τὸ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 873.05 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: koinē short over alpha  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 873.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λαὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 873.07 (tri metr) ⟨λαὸν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 61


Or. 873.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς⟩: εἰς τὰς νῦν  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 873.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κοινὰς ἕδρας⟩: συνέδριον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 873.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕδρας⟩: καθέδρας  —F2ZlCrOxB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 874.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀστῶν⟩: τῶν πολιτῶν  —V1F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Zl   


Or. 874.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀστῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa2      


Or. 874.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀστῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν  —CrOxB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 874.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠρόμην⟩: καὶ ἠρώτων  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 874.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἠρόμην⟩: ἠρώτησα  —Aa2AbFMnPrSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZlZuCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 874.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠρόμην⟩: καὶ ἐρωτησάμην  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 874.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄθροισμ’⟩: τὴν συναγωγήν  —ZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Z washed out here   |    τὴν om. ZaZm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.225,22


Or. 874.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄθροισμ’⟩: πλῆθος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 874.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἄθροισμ’⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 874.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδών⟩: θεασάμενος  —FB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 875.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί καινὸν Ἄργει;⟩: τί νέον γέγονε δηλονότι ἐν τῷ Ἄργει;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   γέγονε om. X   


Or. 875.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τί καινὸν Ἄργει;⟩: ὑπάρχει  —MnPrRSSaGZcZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ ἄργει add. R   


Or. 875.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τί καινὸν Ἄργει;⟩: συνέβη  —V3AaFKY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δῆλον add. F   


Or. 875.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί⟩: καὶ ὁποῖον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καινὸν⟩: νέον  —F2GZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuCrOx   


Or. 875.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καινὸν⟩: παράδοξον  —ZcB3c

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 875.07 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἐν τῷ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.08 (875–876) (vet paraphr) μῶν τι πολεμίων πάρα: ἆρα παρὰ πολεμίων τινῶν ἄγγελμα παραγενόμενον ἀνήγειρε τὴν πόλιν; —B

TRANSLATION:   Is it that a message coming from some enemies arrived and stirred up the city?

LEMMA: B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,21 and app.; Dind. II.226,1–2


Or. 875.09 (vet paraphr) ⟨μῶν τι πολεμίων πάρα⟩: ἆρα παρὰ πολεμίων τινῶν  —M

TRANSLATION:  Is is that from some enemies …?

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,21


Or. 875.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨μῶν⟩: ἆρα  —AaAbFMnPrRSZZaZbZlZmTZcZu2CrOxB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AaRZcZu2CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα AaSCr   


Or. 875.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μῶν⟩: μὴ οὖν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τι πολεμίων πάρα⟩: παραγενόμενον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τι⟩: που  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨πολεμίων⟩: τῶν  —KOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.15 (thom gloss) ⟨πάρα⟩: ἀπό  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 875.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρα⟩: αὐτὸ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this gloss was intended to be read along with παραγενόμενον (sch. 875.12), which is above λεμ of πολεμίων while this is written, after a gap, over ρὰ of παρὰ. Another possibility is that it reflects a misread of ἀπὸ in a different copy from the one that supplied ἀπὸ (875.15).   


Or. 876.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγγελμα⟩: μήνυμα  —F2GGuZu2CrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μίνυμα Cr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,3


Or. 876.02 (vetThom gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: ἀνήγειρεν  —MVCZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνήγγειλεν Z   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑ρε CZm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,22; Dind. II.226,4


Or. 876.03 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: διήγειρε  —M2AaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 876.05 with καὶ Aa      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,3


Or. 876.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: ἐθορύβησε  —AbMnPrRSaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑βησεν ZZlGu, ἐθορύθησε Za, ἐθορήβησε Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,4


Or. 876.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: παρεκίνησε  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: ἐκίνησε  —V3Y2CrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 876.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: καὶ ἀνεκίνησε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: ἐπῆλθε  —B3c

LEMMA: ‑ωκεν in text B      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωκε⟩: ἔφθασε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνεπτέρωσε⟩: ἀνέσεισε  —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,4


Or. 876.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δαναοῦ καταγομένων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  Those descended from Danaus.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δαναϊδοῦ Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,4–5


Or. 876.12 (rec gloss) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: Ἀργείων  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.14 (vet exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: γράφεται ὄχλον.  —MPrSa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘polin’, ‘city’,) the reading ‘ochlon’ (‘mob, throng’) is found.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. PrSa      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.185,23

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 876.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόλιν⟩: εἰς τὴν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόλιν⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 876.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: γράφεται πόλιν.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ochlon’, ‘mob, throng’,) the reading ‘polin’ (‘city’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 877.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: δεικτικὸν  —V1

TRANSLATION:  Deictic.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 877.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: ἤγουν ὁ ἀστὸς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: οὗτος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: ὁ ἐρωτηθεὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἐρωτηθεὶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: ἐκεῖνος  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 877.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστην⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεῖνον οὐχ ὁρᾷς⟩: δεικτικῶς  —AaFY2

TRANSLATION:  (Expressed) deictically.

LEMMA: ἐκεῖνον in text all      POSITION: s.l., above ἐκεῖνον F, above οὐχ ὀρᾷς AaY2      

APP. CRIT.:   δεικτικὸν Y2   

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 877.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεῖνον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: καὶ βλέπεις  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: πλησίον  —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa2ZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,6


Or. 877.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: ἐγγύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 877.13 (thom gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: τοῦ ἀθροίσματος  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,6


Or. 878.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨στείχοντ’⟩: ἐρχόμενον  —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa2F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχοντ’⟩: πορευόμενον  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχοντ’⟩: πορεύοντα  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγῶνα⟩: εἰς  —MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγῶνα⟩: ἤτοι ἅμιλλαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγῶνα⟩: στάδιον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨θανάσιμον⟩: θάνατον ἐπάγοντα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τάνατον Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,7


Or. 878.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανάσιμον⟩: μέλλοντα θανεῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   G perhaps takes θανάσιμον with Ὀρέστην rather than ἀγῶνα. Alternatively, despite the separate gloss (next) over δραμούμενον, G meant this gloss to paraphrase ἀγῶνα θανάσιμον δραμούμενον as a whole.   


Or. 878.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨δραμούμενον⟩: μέλλοντα δραμεῖν  —V2/3AaAbFGKMnPrRSSaZZbZaZbZlZmGuCrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸν prep. F   |    μέλλοντα om. B3a   


Or. 878.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δραμούμενον⟩: ἀγωνισόμενον  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 878.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨δραμούμενον⟩: μέλλοντα δραμεῖσθαι  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 879.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: ἑώρακα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: ἑώρων  —AaY2B3a

POSITION: s.l. AY2, marg. B3a      


Or. 879.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: εἶδον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: ἤγουν βλέπω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.05 (vet gloss) ⟨ἄελπτον⟩: ἀπροδόκητον  —B

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186, app. at 1; Dind. II.226,8


Or. 879.06 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἄελπτον⟩: ἀνέλπιστον  —MBV1AaAbFMnPrRSXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*Zu2CrOxB4C2

LEMMA: ἄελπον in text MPr(perhaps p.c.)R      POSITION: s.l. except X, intermarg. B, marg. MC2      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZcZu2CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,1; Dind. II.226,8 and 9


Or. 879.07 (vet gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: πρᾶγμα  —M

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράγμα M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,2; Dind. II.226,8–9


Or. 879.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: φαινόμενον πρᾶγμα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: θέαμα  —RZZaZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,9


Or. 879.10 (thom gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: θέαν  —ZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,9


Or. 879.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: ὄψιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrC2

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. C2; cont. from sch. 879.06 XXaXbYGr      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,9


Or. 879.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: φαντασίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: εἴδωλον  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἴδολον B4   


Or. 879.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φάσμ’⟩: καὶ σκιὰν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὃ⟩: ἣν  —XXXbT

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 879.11 X      


Or. 879.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅπερ  —ZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCr   


Or. 879.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μήποτ’ ὤφελον⟩: εἴθε μὴ ἔβλε[ψα]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   or ἔβλε[πον] (λε only very faint traces)   


Or. 879.18 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὤφελον⟩: ἰδεῖν  —V3AaAbKMnPrSXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*Ox2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X, marg. B3d      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι add. K   


Or. 879.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤφελον⟩: ἔμελλον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤφελον⟩: καὶ εἴθε  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 879.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤφελον⟩: ἄνποτε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.01 (rec gloss) ⟨Πυλάδην⟩: βλέπω  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   


Or. 880.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Πυλάδην⟩: τὸν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: ἀδελφόν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 880.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: αὐτάδελφον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: στείχοντε  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (The elided form is from the dual) ‘steichonte’ (not from the singular ‘steichonta’).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: στείχοντας  —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: ἐρχόμενον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: βαδίζοντα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: πορευόμενον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: προπορευόμενον  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 880.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμοῦ⟩: καὶ ἐν ταὐτῷ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 881.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨τὸν μὲν⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1AbF2MnPrRSSaZZaZb2GCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1PrSaCrOx, ἤτοι prep. Sa   |    τὸν om. AbF2S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρέστην Ab   


Or. 881.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν μὲν⟩: βλέπω  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 881.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κατηφῆ⟩: λυπούμενον  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 881.04 (moschThom gloss) ⟨κατηφῆ⟩: σκυθρωπόν  —XXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*CrOxB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν μὲν prep. X, καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,11


Or. 881.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατηφῆ⟩: ταπεινόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 881.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨παρειμένον⟩: ἐκλελυμένον  —V1AaAbMnPrSZb2ZmGuGCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V1PrCrOx   |    ἐκλελειμένον AaMnS, ἐκλελειμμένον V1, ἐκλειμμένων Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκκλελ‑ Gu   


Or. 881.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨παρειμένον⟩: παραλελυμένον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from sch. 881.04 with καὶ)      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcZu   |    νόσω add. Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,11


Or. 881.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨παρειμένον⟩: ἔκλυτον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZlOx2B4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,12


Or. 881.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρειμένον⟩: ἠσθενημένον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 881.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨νόσῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAaZl

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr; cont. from sch. 881.08 X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,12


Or. 882.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: 1τὸν δὲ συλλυπούμενον τῷ φίλῳ καθάπερ ἀδελφόν  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   And the other sharing in the distress with his friend just as a brother (would).

LEMMA: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. V      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν δὲ om. VC   |    τὸν φίλον MC   |    καθάπερ ἀδελφόν] ἴσα ἀδελφῷ B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,3; Dind. II.226,13–14


Or. 882.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: συλλυπούμενον ὁμοίως Ὀρέστῃ τῷ φίλῳ καθάπερ ἀδελφόν  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  Sharing in distress with his friend Orestes in the same way just as a brother (would).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: τὸν δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ φίλῳ λυπούμενον ἴσα ὥστε ἀδελφόν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  And the other distressed over his friend just as much as a brother (would be).

POSITION: s.l. except XT      

APP. CRIT. 2:   λιπούμενον Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,14


Or. 882.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: 1τὸ ἴσα οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς τὸ φίλῳ, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τὸ φίλῳ πρὸς τὸ λυπούμενον, οὕτω· τὸν δὲ λυπούμενον τῷ φίλῳ ὥστε καὶ ὥσπερ ἀδελφὸν ἴσα καὶ ὁμοίως.  2ἔστιν οὖν τὸ ἴσα καὶ τὸ ὥστε ταυτοδύναμα, τὸ μὲν ὥστε πρὸς τὸ ἀδελφὸν ὂν, τὸ δὲ ἴσα ἀσύντακτον διὰ μέσου κείμενον.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  The word ‘isa’ (‘equally’) is not construed with ‘philōi’ (‘to/with a friend’), but ‘philōi’ is construed with ‘lupoumenon’ (‘distressed’), as follows: ‘and the other distressed for his friend as, that is, just as, a brother, equally, that is, in the same way’. Therefore, ‘isa’ and ‘hōste’ (‘as’) express the same meaning, with ‘hōste’ being construed with ‘adelphon’ (‘brother’) while ‘isa’ is in parenthetic position without syntactic connection (to another word).

REF. SYMBOL: at ἴσα φίλῳ all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   T damaged by transfer of ink from facing page, partly read from Ta   |    2 ταυτοδύναμον Za, ‑α s.l.   |    κείμενον app. om. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,15–19

COMMENT:   Thomas agrees with Moschopulus (882.03) in taking φίλῳ directly with λυπούμενον (in the sense normally expressed by ἐπὶ + dative) and associating ἴσα with ὥστε, whereas the older scholia (882.01, 882.02) take ἴσα φίλῳ together as equivalent to σὺν φίλῳ and paraphrase with συλλυπούμενον.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 882.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ἴσα καὶ ὁμοίως τῷ φίλῳ ἤγουν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λυπούμενον  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  Being distressed equally with and in the same way as his friend, that is, Orestes.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Th author of this note disagrees with the Thoman explanation also copied in Zm (prev.).   


Or. 882.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ἢ οὕτως· ἐλυπεῖτο τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ ὡς ἀδελφὸς καὶ ὡς φίλος.  —V3Y2

TRANSLATION:  Or in this way: he was distressed for Orestes both as a brother (would be) and as a friend (would be).

POSITION: s.l. V3, marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ οὕτως om. Y2   |    first καὶ om. V3   


Or. 882.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν δ’⟩: τὸν Πυλάδην  —V1AaAbF2MnPrSSaGCrOx

LEMMA: τόν δ’/τόνδ’ in text VFMnPrGCrOx      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1CrOx, ἤτοι prep. Sa   |    τὸν om. AbPr   


Or. 882.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὥστ᾽⟩: ὥσπερ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 882.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥστ᾽⟩: καθὰ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥστ᾽⟩: εἰς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps a corruption of ὡς   


Or. 882.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὸν⟩: ἀδελφῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The intent of this gloss is unclear.   


Or. 882.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴσα⟩: ὁμοίως  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Z   


Or. 882.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσα⟩: καὶ ὅμοια  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσα⟩: ἐπίσης  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.15 (thom gloss) ⟨φίλῳ⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuV3, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλῳ⟩: ἀδελφῷ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλῳ⟩: φίλον  —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 882.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨φίλῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.01 (rec gloss) ⟨νόσημα⟩: νοσήματα  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Ab   


Or. 883.02 (rec gloss) ⟨νόσημα⟩: τὴν νόσον τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσημα⟩: τὸ πάθος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσημα⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨κηδεύοντα παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: θεραπεύοντα τῇ χειραγωγίᾳ  —MB

TRANSLATION:  Caring for (him) by leading him by the hand.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ prep. B   |    started to write παιδα-, then wrote χειρ‑ over παιδ‑ M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.286, app. at 3; Dind. II.226,20–21


Or. 883.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: θεραπεύοντα  —V3AbFMnPrSY2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,21


Or. 883.07 (recMosch gloss) κηδεύοντα: ἐπιμελούμενον  —V1KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. ZcCr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιμελλούμενον V1   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,21


Or. 883.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: ἐπιμελοῦντα  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: ἐπιμελείας ἀξιοῦντα  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. Zu, marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   


Or. 883.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: κυβερνῶντα, φροντίδος ἀξιοῦντα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κυβερνοῦντα ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,21–22


Or. 883.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: δουλεύοντα  —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,22


Or. 883.12 (rec gram) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: κηδεύω τὸ ἐπιγαμβρεύομαι.  —K

TRANSLATION:  ‘Kēdeuō’ (also can have the sense) ‘form a marriage-tie’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 883.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: κηδεύω τὸ τῆς προσηκούσης τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐπιμελείας καὶ κηδεμονίας ἀξιῶ, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τὸ κυβερνῶ.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  ‘Kēdeuō’ means ‘I deem (someone) worthy of the care and loving attention that befit the dead’, and from this (it can also mean) ‘I guide’.

APP. CRIT. 2:   κηδαιμονίας Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,22–23


Or. 883.14 (recMosch gloss) παιδαγωγίᾳ: χειραγωγίᾳ  —OV3AaMnPrRwSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZmOx2

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except XRw, marg. OV3; cont. from sch. 882.02, prep. παιδαγωγία δὲ, Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν τῆ prep. MnPr, τῆ prep. Rw   


Or. 883.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: γρ. χειραγωγίᾳ.  —R

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘paidagōgiāi’,‘leading like a child’,) the reading ‘cheiragōgiāi’ (‘leading by the hand’) is found.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 883.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: θεραπείᾳ  —AbZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,24


Or. 883.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: κυβερνήσει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,24


Or. 883.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: ὁδηγίᾳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: δουλείᾳ  —V3B2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: νοσοκομίᾳ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 883.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ  —MnPrSZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. with sch. 883.14 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ om. ZmGu   


Or. 883.23 (tri metr) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 884.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —AaG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 884.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πλήρης ἐγένετ’⟩: ἐγένετο(?) συμπλ⟨ηρ⟩ωμένον(?)  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   very faint, poorly written   


Or. 884.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πλήρης ἐγένετ’⟩: ἅπας συνηθροίσθη  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 884.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πλήρης ἐγένετ’⟩: ἐπληρώθη  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. G   


Or. 884.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πλήρης⟩: πεπληρωμένος  —V1ZcZlCrOxLb

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,25


Or. 884.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλήρης⟩: ἐπισυναγμένος  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is the only instance so far of this alternative form of ἐπισυνηγμένος. Forms of συναγμένος occur a couple dozen times in TLG; for the additional prefix cf. the hapax πολυσυναγμένος (Chron. Moreae, recens. II, 3989) meaning ‘assembled from many different places’.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |    Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 884.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλήρης⟩: τουτέστι συνηγμένος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 884.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλήρης⟩: πολὺς  —F2Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,25


Or. 884.09 (thom gloss) ⟨πλήρης⟩: ἀκέραιος  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,25

COMMENT:   At first glance an unexpected gloss, but the two adjectives are found juxtaposed in Eust. Orat. 17.43 ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀξιώσαιμι ἄν, καὶ ἐξ ἀκεραίου καὶ πλήρους εἶναι τὴν κάθειρξιν, ὡς μὴ μέρει μέν τινι κατακλείεσθαι, αὖθις δὲ μέρει ἑτέρῳ, καὶ ταῦτα τῷ κυριωτέρῳ ἄνετον εἶναι τὸν καθειργμένον, καὶ πλανᾶσθαι, ὅποι καὶ βούλεται; Planudes, Ovid. Met. 7,235–237 ἐπεὶ δὲ πληρεστάτη ἀνέτειλεν αὕτη [scil. ἡ σελήνη] καὶ ἀκεραίῳ προσώπῳ τὴν γῆν ἐπεσκέψατο.   


Or. 884.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀργείων ὄχλος⟩: ἡ πληθὺς τῶν Ἀργείων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

LEMMA: ὄχλος X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,25–26


Or. 884.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄχλος⟩: ὁ λαὸς  —F2ZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 884.12 (tri metr) ⟨ὄχλος⟩: koinē short over first omicron  —T3

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 885.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κῆρυξ⟩: τίς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If the interrogative is meant, this is probably equivalent to an article gloss clarifying the case of the noun. But perhaps the indefinite was actually intended by the originator of the gloss.   


Or. 885.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναστὰς⟩: καὶ ἐγερθεὶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 885.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶπε⟩: ἔλεξε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 885.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς χρῄζει λέγειν;⟩: τίς ἡμῶν χρῄζει θανεῖν;  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  Who among us wishes to die?

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὶς Mn   

COMMENT:   If the paraphrase is sound, it may be related to the perverse interpretation of the next line in Aa, where διὰ τὸν is supplied with ὀρέστην (sch. 886.05). Alternatively, perhaps Orestes is to be understood as the subject of θανεῖν (‘Who among us wishes Orestes to die?’); or θανεῖν (from 886.07) has somehow been conflated and τίς ἡμῶν χρῄζει; was intended to convey the same point as the next.   


Or. 885.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς χρῄζει λέγειν;⟩: ἡμῶν  —Ab

LEMMA: τί p.c. in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 885.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρῄζει⟩: θέλει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 885.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρῄζει⟩: χρῄζω τὸ θέλω αἰτιατικῇ, χρῄζω δὲ τὸ χρείαν ἔχω γενικῇ.  —G

TRANSLATION:  ‘Chrēizō’ meaning ‘I want’ (is construed) with accusative, ‘chrēizō’ meaning ‘I have need of’ with genitive.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 885.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγειν⟩: δημηγορεῖν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.01 (886–887) (rec wdord) α (πότερον), β (χρεὼν), γ (κατθανεῖν), δ (ὀρέστην), ε (μητροκτονοῦντα), ϛ (ἢ μὴ)  —M2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πότερον⟩: ἆρα  —M2V1AaGOx, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα M2Ox   


Or. 886.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότερον⟩: ποῖον  —ZcZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 886.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πότερον⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ὀρέστην⟩: διὰ τὸν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ὀρέστην⟩: τὸν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κατθανεῖν⟩: θανεῖν  —AbG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατθανεῖν⟩: ἀποθανεῖν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 886.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ χρεὼν⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον μὴ θανεῖν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For ἐνδέχεται and ἐνδεχόμενον as glosses for words denoting obligation, propriety, or necessity rather than possibility, cf. sch. 50.08 288.04, 289.17 (from Y2 and Yf2). This late meaning is not in the dictionaries.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 886.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ χρεὼν⟩: μὴ θανεῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: οὐ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.12 (rec gloss) ⟨χρεὼν⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον  —M2V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ prep. V1   


Or. 886.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: πρέπον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.14 (thom gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: πρέπον ἐστί  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ἄξιον θανεῖν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ἄξιον ἐ[στί]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: καὶ ἁρμόδιον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ἀποκείμενον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 886.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρεών⟩: ὑπάρχει  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 887.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντα⟩: μητροκτονήσαντα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,28


Or. 887.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντα⟩: καὶ φονεύσαντα τὴν μητέρα  —OxZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντα⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντα⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: λόγῳ τοῦ κήρυκος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ  —M2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 887.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: τῷ λόγῳ  —AbZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,29


Or. 887.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: τῷ κηρύγματι  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον, ἤγουν ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κήρυκος  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 887.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετὰ τοῦτον  —PrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,28–29


Or. 887.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ κήρυκι  —AaFKGZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc, ἤγουν prep. F   |    ἐπὶ om. K   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κήρικι F   


Or. 887.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ κήρυκι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: ἐπὶ τούτῳ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 887.14 (thom gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδε⟩: ἢ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκεῖνον] cf. sch. 898.03, ambig. whether ἐκείνου or ἐκεῖνον Gu, ἐκείνω Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,29


Or. 887.15 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 887.16 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνίσταται⟩: ἀνέστη  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from sch. 887.10)      


Or. 888.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ταλθύβιος⟩: δύο κήρυκες ἐν τῷ στρατῷ τῶν Ἑλλήνων.  —F

TRANSLATION:  There were two heralds in the army of the Greeks (at Troy).

REF. SYMBOL: F      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κήρικες F   

COMMENT:   Talthybius and Eurybates: Hom. Il. 1.320–321 ἀλλ’ ὅ γε Ταλθύβιόν τε καὶ Εὐρυβάτην προσέειπε, / τώ οἱ ἔσαν κήρυκε καὶ ὀτρηρὼ θεράποντε.   


Or. 888.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ταλθύβιος⟩:  —SaOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ταλθύβιος⟩: [Τ]αλθύβιος [ἀ]πὸ τοῦ τάλας [καὶ] τοῦ θύω [τ]ὸ ὁρμῶ· [π]άντες δὲ οἱ μηνυταὶ [ἐ]λέγοντο Ταλθύβιοι [ἀ]πὸ τοῦ ἐλε[εινὰ] μηνύειν.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:  ‘Talthybios’ (is derived) from ‘talas’ (‘wretched’) and ‘thuō’ meaning ‘set in motion’. And all messengers used to be called ‘Talthybioi’ from their reporting pitiable things.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This etymology is not found elsewhere. For a different one, see Prelim. Stud. 142–143.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 888.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῷ πατρὶ συνεπόρθει⟩: σὺν τῷ σῷ πατρὶ ἐπόρθει  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.06 (rec gloss) ⟨σῷ πατρὶ⟩: σὺν τῷ  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. G   


Or. 888.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σῷ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνεπόρθει⟩: συνεπολέ[μει]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνεπόρθει⟩: καὶ ἐσκύλευε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 888.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συνεπόρθει⟩: συγκατέστρεφε  —Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.226,30


Or. 888.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨Φρύγας⟩: τοὺς Τρῶας  —V1XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τρώας V1T   


Or. 888.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Φρύγας⟩: Ἕλληνας  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 888.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Φρύγας⟩: τοὺς  —F2GZcZu2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.01 (889–892) (vet exeg) ἔλεξε δ’ ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν: 1τὸ ἑξῆς· ⟨ἔλεξε διχόμυθα⟩, ἀντὶ τοῦ διχόγνωμα, τοῖς κρατοῦσιν ἄλλοτε ἄλλα προσχαριζόμενος.  2τὸ δὲ διχόμυθα ἐξηγεῖται διὰ τοῦ καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων.  —MBCPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense in simpler order is: he spoke in double speech—equivalent to expressing different opinions—trying to oblige the powerful now in one way, now in another. He explains ‘in double words’ (‘dichomutha’) by means of the phrase ‘whirling (or: interweaving) evil words with fair ones’.

LEMMA: MB, ἔλεξε PrRbS, 890 διχόμυθα Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. Rw   |    suppl. Schw.   |    τοῦ om. C   |    διχόγν.] δεχόμεθα Sa   |    τοῖς om. Sa   |    ἄλλ. ἄλλ προσχαρ.] χαριζόμενος ἀεὶ Rw   |    ἄλλοτε] ἄλλοθεν Sa, ἄλλος τε S   |    ἄλλα] ἄλλῳ C, ἄλλον PrRb   |    2 τὸ … ἐξηγεῖται om. Rw, add. at end ἐξηγεῖται τὸ διχόμυθα (cf. 891.03)   |    διχόμυθα] δεχόμεθα Sa   |    ἐξηγεῖται om. PrRbS   |    διὰ τοῦ] BSa, διὰ τὸ others   |    καλοῖς κακοὺς] κακοῦ κακοὺς Sa, changed to κακοὺς καλοὺς app. Sar   |    κακοῖς λόγοις Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς Rb   |    πρὸς χαριζόμενος S   |    2 ἐλίσσων M, ἑλλίσσων S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,5–6 with app.; Dind. II.227,5–7


Or. 889.02 (889–890) (rec wdord) α (ἔλεξε), β (διχόμυθα), γ (ἀεὶ or ὢν ἀεὶ), δ (ὑπὸ)  —M2


Or. 889.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξε⟩: λόγους  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξε⟩: εἶπε  —F2ZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZcCrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑εν CrOx   


Or. 889.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: τοῖς κρατοῦσιν ἀεὶ χαριζόμενος  —MOCVAa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘always obliging those ruling’.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. MO, intermarg. C, s.l. VAa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀεὶ om. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑οῦσι Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,4; Dind. II.227,1


Or. 889.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: νεύων πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τῶν δυνατῶν ἤτοι πρὸς τὸ ἀποκτανθῆναι τὸν Ὀρέστην  —M2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘inclining toward the wish of the powerful’, that is, toward Orestes’ being put to death.

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   θέλημα] θε() M2 (cf. sch. 889.11)   


Or. 889.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ὢν τῷ μέρει τῶν δυναμένων ⟨ἢ⟩ τῷ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —MnPrS, perhaps Ra

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘belonging to(?) the party of the powerful, or that of Aegisthus’.

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. Pr S      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra barely legible (δυναμένων τῶ τοῦ(?) αἰγίσθου a plausible decipherment of part)   |    ὢν om. MnS, perhaps read ὢν ⟨ὑπὸ⟩   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου Mn   


Or. 889.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: τουτέστι τοῖς δυνατοῖς χαριζόμενος καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους νεύων τῇ γνώμῃ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’,) that is, ‘obliging the powerful and inclining to side with them in his opinion’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,2–3


Or. 889.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: χαριζόμενος τοῖς περὶ τὸν Αἴγίσθον ἑαυτὸν  —V3Y2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘making a free gift of himself (or: dedicating himself) to those associated with Aegisthus’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑαυτὸν transp. before τοῖς Y2   


Or. 889.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: χάριν τοῖς κρατοῦσι ποιῶν  —G

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘doing a favor for those who rule’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ὑποκάτω ὢν τῶν δυναμένων, τουτέστι ⟨νεύων⟩ πρὸς τὸ θέλημα ἐκείνων  —Lb

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘being beneath those with power, that is, inclining toward the wish of those people’.

APP. CRIT.:   ⟨νεύων⟩] cf. sch. 889.06   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπὸ κάτω Lb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227.3–4


Or. 889.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ἤγουν ὑποτασσόμενος τοῖς ἄρχουσιν  —CrOx

TRANSLATION:  (‘Being under those with power’,) that is, ‘being submissive to the rulers’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: ἐν τοῖς μεγάλο[ις]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ⟩: ὑποκάτω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

REF. SYMBOL: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 889.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ⟩: ἐν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπὸ⟩: καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν ἐξουσίαν  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: τοῖς ἔχουσι τὰς ἐξουσίας  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: ἤγουν ἐνδοξοτάτοις τῆς πόλεως  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: τοῖς κρατοῦσιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,3


Or. 889.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: τοῖς ἄρχουσιν  —B2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,2


Or. 889.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυναμένοισιν⟩: δυναμένους  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 889.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχων  —Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.01 (rec gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διχόγνωμα  —OB2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.02 (rec gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διχογνώμονα  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑γνώμϋνα a.c. M2   


Or. 890.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: δίγνωμα  —AbMnPrRSSaZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 890.08 Ab      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,7


Or. 890.04 (rec gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διπρόσωπα  —M2Zu2

POSITION: marg. M2(cont. from sch. 890.02), s.l. Zu2      

APP. CRIT.:   διπρόσωπον Zu2   


Or. 890.05 (rec gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διπλοῦς λόγους  —V1Rf2YfGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,8


Or. 890.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: δύο λόγους  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διπλοὺς μύθους  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.08 (rec gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: λόγια διχῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.09 (thom gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: ἀμφιρρεπῆ  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμφιρεπῆ Zl, a.c. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,7–8


Or. 890.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: ἀμφίβολα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: διπλᾶ  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc   


Or. 890.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: ἄλλα μὲν βάζει ἄλλα δὲ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ κεύθει.  —V2aV2b

TRANSLATION:  He utters one thing, but conceals another in his mind.

POSITION: marg. at 886–887 and at 889–890      

APP. CRIT.:   δ’ ἐν V2a   |    εσὶ κεύθει om. V2b   

COMMENT:   This is an adaptation of Il. 9.313 ὅς χ’ ἕτερον μὲν κεύθει ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ (v.l. βάζει), but for this form of the expression cf. Nicolaus Mesarites, Seditio Joanni Comneni (12th–13th cent.)42, 4 ἡ ἡδυέπεια ἀπερίεργος, ἀψευδὴς ἡ κατάνευσις, οὐκ ἄλλα μὲν βάζει ἄλλα δ’ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ κεύθει, τὰ πάντα χαρίτων καὶ ἀληθείας μεστά, βασιλικὸν τὸ ταύτης ἀνάστημα τὸ σωματικόν τε καὶ ψυχικόν.   


Or. 890.13 (tri metr) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T


Or. 890.14 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατέρα⟩: τὸν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.15 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐκπαγλούμενος⟩: ἐκπληττόμενος  —MBOVC

POSITION: s.l. MV, intermarg. BC, marg. O      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,8; Dind. II.227,8


Or. 890.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐκπαγλούμενος⟩: ἐπαινῶν  —MBOCAaFMnPrSSaY2CrOx

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. BC, marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπαινῶ Sa   |    καὶ prep. FCrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,8; Dind. II.227,9


Or. 890.17 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐκπαγλούμενος⟩: θαυμάζων  —V2AaAbKMnPrSXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZb2ZlZmZuT*Ox2B4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Pr, καὶ prep. ZcZu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,9


Or. 890.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπαγλούμενος⟩: θαυμαζόμενος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 890.19 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐλαβούμενος⟩: γρ. ἐκπαγλούμενος.  —PrRf

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘eulaboumenos’, ‘fearing, avoiding offending’,) the reading ‘ekpagloumenos’ (‘admiring’) is found (or: is to be written).

LEMMA: thus in text PrRf      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Rf   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 891.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 891.02 (rec gloss) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: ἀδελφὸν  —AbF2ZlCrOxB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 891.03 (891–892) (vet exeg) ⟨καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων⟩: διὰ τοῦ ‘καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων’ ἐξηγεῖται τὸ [890] ‘διχόμυθα’.  —MC

TRANSLATION:  By means of ‘whirling (or: interweaving) evil words with fair ones’ he explains ‘in double words’ (‘dichomutha’).

POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ] (from sch. 889.01) Dind., Schw. without note, τὸ MC   |    λόγους om. C   |    τὸ om. M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλίσσων M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,9–10; Dind. II.227,10–11

COMMENT:   Cf. sent. 2 of sch. 889.01, where the different word order in Rw matches this version.   


Or. 891.04 (pllgn exeg) καλοῖς κακοὺς: ἐφερμηνευτικὸν τοῦτο τοῦ διχόμυθα· καλοῖς περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς, κακοῖς δὲ περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου.  —Lb

TRANSLATION:  (‘Evil words with fair ones’:) this phrase is explanatory of ‘in double words’, ‘fair’ concerning his father, ‘evil’ concerning Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,11–12


Or. 891.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: τοὺς ἐπαίνους πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα  —V3

TRANSLATION:  (By ‘fair words’ he means) the praises directed at Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   φησὶ or λέγει is assumed, or has been omitted accidentally by the scribe.   


Or. 891.06 (thom exeg) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (By ‘fair words’ he means) the ones on behalf of their father.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,13


Or. 891.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: λόγοις  —AaB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 891.08 (rec gloss) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: σὺν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 891.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 891.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: διὰ τὸ λέγειν διὰ [τὸν?] Ὀρέστην κακοὺς λόγους  —V3

TRANSLATION:  (He says ‘evil words’) because (the speaker) was saying evil words on account of Orestes.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν perhaps lost to trimming of margin   


Or. 891.11 (tri exeg) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: τοὺς κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —T

TRANSLATION:  (‘Evil words’ are) the ones against Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 891.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: τοὺς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: συστρέφων  —AbRf2Zb2Zu2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,15


Or. 892.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: συμπλέκων  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: κινῶν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: συνείρων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,14


Or. 892.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: περιπλέκων, συνάπτων  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,14


Or. 892.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: ἀνακυκλῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: καὶ ἑνῶν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: παραμιγνύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσων⟩: καὶ μιγνύων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: διότι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δι’ ὅτι app. Aa   


Or. 892.11 (vet exeg) καθισταίη νόμους: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ κυροίη.  2λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ὀρέστης οὐ καλὸν νόμον εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τοὺς τεκόντας.  —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (‘Kathistaiē’, ‘establish’, is) equivalent to ‘kuroiē’ (‘ratify, make valid’). He says that Orestes introduced a rule regarding parents that is not good.

LEMMA: M, καθισταίη δὲ νόμους B(despite sch.-end punct. before note), λόγους ἑλίσσων ὅτι καθισταίη V, καθισταίη CMnPrRbS      REF. SYMBOL: MV(at λόγους)      POSITION: last sch. on previous page B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καθισταίη prep. VSa   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   |    κυροίοι M, κυρίοι C, κυροῖ B, εἰσῆγε MnPrS, εἰσάγει Rb   |    2 λέγει] λέγ() M, λέγων other (cf. sch. 895.07 for similar variants)   |    νόμον] δρόμον MVC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καλὸν] λι add. s.l. Sarec (= κάλλιον?)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,11–12; Dind. II.227,15–16


Or. 892.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: κυροῖ  —Ar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: ἐπικυροῖ  —V3AaF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   


Or. 892.14 (rec gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: τυποῖ  —M2V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.15 (rec gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: τίθησι  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.16 (thom gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: τίθησιν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. ZbZm   


Or. 892.17 (rec gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: εἰσῆγε  —MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσήγε Mn   


Or. 892.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: καὶ εἰσήγαγε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.19 (rec gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: ⟨ε⟩ἰσάγει  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: πληροῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: καὶ ἐκπληροῖ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.22 (rec gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καθιστᾷ  —M2V1AaZcB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. M2Aa, καὶ Zc   


Or. 892.23 (recMosch gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: καθίστησι  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. X   


Or. 892.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: ποιεῖ  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποιῇ Gu   


Or. 892.25 (pllgn gram) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: [καθισ]ταίην(?) κανονιστ[έ]ο[ν]· ἵστημι, καὶ ὁ παρατακτικὸς ἵστη[ν], ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ ἱστὰς, [τ]οῦ ἱστάντος, καὶ τὸ εὐκτικὸν ἱσταίην, καὶ μετὰ [τῆς] κατά προθέσεως καὶ ἐν συγκοπῇ καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ ψιλοῦ εἰς δασὺ καθισταίην.  —Zl

TRANSLATION:  ‘Kathistaiēn’ is to be conjugated/parsed (like this): ‘histēmi’, and the imperfect ‘histēn’, the participle ‘histas’, ‘tou histantos’, and the optative ‘histaiēn’, and with the prefix ‘kata’ and with elision (of ‘a’) and shift of the unaspirated (consonant ‘t’) to aspirated (‘th’), ‘kathistaiēn’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. Zl      


Or. 892.26 (thom exeg) ⟨νόμους⟩: τὸ τὰς μητέρας ἀποκτείνειν ἐάν τι φαῦλον ποιήσωσιν.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Laws/rules’ here means) to kill mothers if they ever do anything bad.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. ZZa      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,17


Or. 892.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόμους⟩: νόμον  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 892.28 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νόμους⟩: τοὺς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 893.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς τοὺς τεκόντας⟩: καὶ εἰς τοὺς γεννήσαντας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ] ἤγουν Ox   


Or. 893.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεκόντας⟩: γονέας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 893.03 (893–94) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ δ’ ὄμμ’ ἀεὶ … Αἰγίσθου φίλοις⟩: ἤτοι ἐχαρίζετο τοῖς φίλοις τοῦ Αἰγίσθου.  —V3

TRANSLATION:  That is, he curried favor with the friends of Aegisthus.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 893.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ δ’ ὄμμ’⟩: καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 893.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμμ’⟩: βλέμμα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 893.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀεὶ⟩: διὰ παντὸς  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 894.01 (rec gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: ἱλαρόν  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,19


Or. 894.02 (rec gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: φαιδρὸν  —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 894.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ χαρωπὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2Ox2B4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Zc, om. YGrAa2Ox2B4   

APP. CRIT. 2:   χαρσπὸν (sic) Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,19


Or. 894.04 (thom gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: χαρίεν καὶ βοηθὸν  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ βοηθὸν om. Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,19


Or. 894.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: γλυκὺ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 894.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: λαμπρὸν  —Zb2ZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuCrOx   


Or. 894.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φαιδρωπὸν⟩: παρρησιαστικόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Whether this is supposed to be a gloss on φαιδρωπὸν specifically or a comment on the nature of the speaker’s behavior, it remains an unexpected and odd gloss.   


Or. 894.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐδίδου⟩: γρ. ἐδείκνυε.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘edidou’, ‘he kept giving’,) the reading ‘edeiknue’ (‘he kept showing’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 894.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐδείκνυε⟩: γρ. ἐδίδου.  —MnS

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘edeiknue’, ‘he kept showing’,) the reading ‘edidou’ (‘he kept giving’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. S   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 894.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Αἰγίσθου⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.01 (recMosch gloss) γένος: τῶν κηρύκων  —V3FKRfXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZmZuOx2

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δῆλον add. F   


Or. 895.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γένος⟩: τῶν μηνυτῶν(?)  —M2

REF. SYMBOL: M2      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The second word is poorly written and uncertain. After the clear τῶν, the main letters look like μην or μαν, with suspended letters that look like ευτρ()΄. This might suggest μηνυτήρ(ων), but μηνύτηρ is exceedingly rare and poetic (Aesch. Eum. 245; Orph. Hymn 41.7). μηνυ‑ words are often used to gloss ἀγγελ‑ word, but we also find κηρυκευμάτων] μηνυμάτων in Sch. Aesch. Sept. 651h–i Smith and ἀκήρυκτος glossed with οὐ μηνυόμενος (Sch. Soph. Trach. 45 Xenis), and μηνυτής is a gloss on κῆρυξ in Sch. Batrachomyom. 103, 136. So it seems possible that μηνυτής occurred to a glossator here.   


Or. 895.03 (rec gloss) ⟨γένος⟩: τῶν ἀνθρώπων  —MnPrRSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.04 (rec gloss) ⟨γένος⟩: ἤγουν ἡ εὐγένεια  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιόνδ’⟩: καὶ τοιοῦτον ὑπάρχει  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοιόνδ’⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.07 (895–896) (vet exeg) ἐπὶ τὸν εὐτυχῆ πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ κήρυκες: καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις κατὰ τῶν κηρύκων λέγει ὅτι [Eur. TrGF fr. 1012 Kannicht] ‘ἀεί ποτ’ ⟨ἐστὶ⟩ σπέρμα κηρύκων λάλον’. —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Also in other places he (Euripides) speaks in disparagement of heralds, (saying) that ‘the race of heralds is always loquacious’.

LEMMA: B, πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ κήρυκες V, πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ MnPrRbS, κήρυκες, with πηδῶ() ἀεὶ add. s.l., M      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 892.11 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τῶν κηρ. om. Sa   |    λέγει ὅτι … κηρύκων om. PrS   |    λέγει] B, λέγων others   |    ποτ’ ἐστὶ] Musgrave, ποτε all   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λάλων S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,13–14; Dind. II.227,21–22

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, fragment of unknown play   


Or. 895.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχῆ⟩: νικῶντα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 895.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχῆ⟩: ἐμφανῆ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: ἐπιβλέπουσι  —V2/3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.02 (thom gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: ταχέως ὁρμῶσι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑σιν Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,23–24


Or. 896.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: προσέρχονται  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: καὶ εἰσέρχονται  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: προστρέχουσιν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: κινοῦσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: μεταβαίνουσιν ὀξέως  —Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,23


Or. 896.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδῶσ’⟩: καὶ ῥέπουσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.09 (rec gloss) ⟨κήρυκες⟩: ἤγουν οἱ κριταὶ  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κήρυκες⟩: οἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.11 (tri metr) ⟨κήρυκες⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 896.12 (896–897) (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε δ᾽ … ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖσιν ᾖ⟩: οὗτος δὲ φίλος ἐστὶ τοῖς κήρυξιν ὅστις ἂν δύνηται καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ αὐτοὶ τούτῳ πείθονται.  —MnPrS

TRANSLATION:  This man is dear to the heralds, whoever is powerful and rules the city, and they obey this man.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρχει S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,25–26


Or. 896.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὅδε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς φίλος⟩: ἐστί  —XXbXoT+YfGrOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Xb   

COMMENT:   Here Xa has interpolated the gloss ἐστι into the text after αὐτοῖς.   


Or. 896.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς φίλος⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrB3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ἐκεῖνος  —RfZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   


Or. 896.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —M2AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ add. S   


Or. 896.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ἤγουν ὁ εὐτυχὴς  —V1AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν ὁ om. Aa, ἤγουν om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,24


Or. 896.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὁ δυνάμενος  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 896.19 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐτοῖς⟩: ἤγουν τοῖς κήρυξι  —V1AaAbFMnPrRSGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. AaAbFGu   |    δῆλον add. F   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κήρυξιν Ab, κήρηξι F   


Or. 897.01 (vet paraphr) ὃς ἃν δύνηται: ὃς ἂν δύνηται καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   Whoever is powerful and rules the city.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: marg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MVC   |    τῆς πόλ. om. V, leaving blank space   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρχει V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.186,15; Dind. II.227, app. at 27


Or. 897.02 (rec paraphr) ὃς ἃν δύνηται: ⟨ὃς ἂν δύνηται⟩ καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως, τούτῳ οἱ κήρυκες πείθονται.  —Rb

TRANSLATION:  Whoever is powerful and rules the city, this (is the) man the heralds obey.

LEMMA: Rb(δύνειται)      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ] ὁ Rb   


Or. 897.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὃς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δύνηται⟩: δυνάστης ᾖ  —KG

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δύνηται⟩: ἰσχύει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.06 (tri metr) ⟨πόλεος⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —T

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of the city’ is spelled here ‘poleos’ and not ‘poleōs’) because of the meter.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 897.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόλεος⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖσιν ᾖ⟩: καὶ ὅστις ἐν ἀρχαῖς ᾖ πόλεως, ἤγουν ἀρχὴν πόλεως ἄρχῃ.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr

TRANSLATION:  And whoever is in offices of the city, that is, holds an office of the city.

LEMMA: ὃς ἂν δύνηται πόλεως ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖς Ga, ὃς ἂν δύνηται πόλεως Gb      POSITION: s.l. except XYGaGb; Ga on preceding recto, Gb beside the verse      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. GaGbGr   |    ᾖ] transp. after πόλεως XoYf, τῆς Ga   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρχει GaGb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,27


Or. 897.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖσιν ᾖ⟩: ἄρχων ὑπάρχῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   only slight trace of ending, suggestive of η rather than ει   


Or. 897.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρχαῖσιν⟩: ἐξουσίαις  —ZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 897.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾖ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 897.13 (rec gram) ⟨ᾖ⟩: ἢ τὸ ἦ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔφη.  —MnS

TRANSLATION:  Or (with similar spelling) ‘ē’ standing for ‘ephē’ (‘he said’).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἧ Mn, τὸ η̅ S   |    ἔφ S   

COMMENT:   This must be a grammatical observation for teaching purposes rather than a proposal to consider ‘he said’ as a possible meaning in this place.   


Or. 898.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα ἤγουν μετὰ τὸν Ταλθύβιον  —Zb2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Following upon this’ means) ‘after these things’ or else ‘after Talthybius’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετὰ τοῦτον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,29


Or. 898.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετ’ ἐκεῖνον  —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZlZm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,29


Or. 898.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα  —C2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ Ταλθυβίῳ  —AaF

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ κήρυκι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: σὺν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τῷδ’⟩: ἤγουν τῷ Ταλθυβίῳ  —V1ZcB2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. B2   


Or. 898.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τῷδ’⟩: τῷ κήρυκι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῷδ’⟩: τῷ λόγῳ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγόρευσε⟩: ἐδημηγόρησε  —V1

LEMMA: thus in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγόρευε⟩: ἐδημηγόρει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZlZmAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 898.02 X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δημηγόρει Gr, corr. Gu   


Or. 898.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγόρευε⟩: ἔλεγε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διομήδης ἄναξ⟩: ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν· ἢ ἄλλος τις ὁμώνυμος τούτῳ.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  (Lord) of the Aetolians; or someone else with the same name as this one.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς Zm   


Or. 898.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διομήδης⟩: ὁμώνυμος τῷ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  With the same name as the one in Troy.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.227,29–30


Or. 898.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Διομήδης⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩: ἤγουν ὁ βασιλεὺς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 898.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 899.01 (899–900) (tri exeg) ⟨οὗτος κτανεῖν … εὐσεβεῖν⟩: 1οὗτος οὐκ εἴα κτανεῖν οὔτε σὲ οὔτε τὸν σὸν ἀδελφόν,  2ἔλεγε δὲ ἐξορίᾳ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν, ἤγουν καθαροὺς εἶναι.  3οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ εἴα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγεσθαι.   —T

TRANSLATION:  This (speaker, Diomedes) bade them to put to death neither you nor your brother, but he told (them) to show piety, that is, be pure (of bloodshed), by punishing with exile. For the verb ‘eiā’ (‘allowed’—here with negative ‘forbade’,‘bade … not’) cannot be taken in common also here (with the infinitive ‘show piety’).

COMMENT:   Triclinius here combines the Moschopulean notes 899.02, 900.08, 900.24, with reordering and a few added words. Also, since Triclinius has οὔτέ σ’ οὔτε in his text, he uses οὔτε instead of Mosch.’s οὐδὲ in the paraphrase.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ   


Or. 899.02 (899–900) (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὗτος κτανεῖν … εἴα⟩: οὗτος οὐκ εἴα κτανεῖν οὐδὲ σὲ οὐδὲ τὸν σὸν ἀδελφόν.  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  This (speaker, Diomedes,) bade them to put to death neither you nor your brother.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   οὗτος and κτανεῖν om. G, letting words be understood from line   |    οὐδὲ … οὐδὲ] all (as also in text all), οὔτε … οὔτε … Arsen., edd. (from Triclinian version, sch. 899.01)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,1–2


Or. 899.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οὗτος⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Διομήδης  —V1AaZcOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. AaB3d   


Or. 899.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτανεῖν⟩: φονεῦσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 899.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτανεῖν⟩: κατθανεῖν  —Ox2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 899.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: {γρ.} σὸν  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If γρ. is not deleted as a mistake, this might be a corruption of γρ. συν (i.e. σύνγονον); or perhaps refer to a false reading in which the gloss σὸν has been interpolated.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 899.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: τὸν ἀδελφόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴα⟩: κατελίμπανε  —V2/3FZb2ZcZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZcCrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑εν F   


Or. 900.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴα⟩: καὶ οὐ συνεχώρει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ‑χώρη Zu   


Or. 900.03 (thom gloss) ⟨εἴα⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴα⟩: οὐκ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.05 (rec gram) ⟨εἴα⟩: εἶα ἄγε  —K

TRANSLATION:  (In other places the letters ‘eia’ could mean) ‘come then’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 900.06 (tri metr) ⟨εἴα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 62


Or. 900.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἡ ὑπόθεσις διαλαμβάνει οὕτως, ὅτι μηδὲν φονεύσωμεν αὐτοὺς ἀλλ’ ἂς διώξωμεν αὐτούς. καὶ ἐστὶν ἡ κρίση αὕτη δικαία καὶ εὐσεβεῖ.  —Zu2

TRANSLATION:  The proposal specifies (the matter) thus: Let us not kill them, but let us drive them (into exile), and this verdict is just and exhibits piety(?).

REF. SYMBOL: Zu2      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διόξωμεν Zu2   

COMMENT:   Perhaps εὐσεβεῖ should be taken to be a variant spelling of a vernacular εὐσεβή (= εὐσεβής). The form is not attested, but there is one instance of εὐσεβόν (= εὐσεβῆ) in a 14th–15th cent. text in TLG.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 900.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἔλεγε δὲ ἐξορίᾳ. οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ εἴα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγεσθαι.  —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  But with exile he said (to punish them). For the verb ‘eiā’ (‘allowed’—here with negative ‘forbade’,‘bade … not’) cannot be taken in common also here (with the infinitive ‘show piety’).

POSITION: s.l. except X; second sent. sep. in marg. GGr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξορίᾳ om. X   |    οὐ δύν. γὰρ transp. Xo   |    after τὸ εἴα add. λέγεσθαι XaY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,3–4

KEYWORDS:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ   


Or. 900.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἀλλ’ ἔφασκε ἡμᾶς  —AbPr

TRANSLATION:  But rather he suggested that we (by punishing with exile act piously).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμᾶς om. Ab   


Or. 900.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε  —Aa2Ox2

TRANSLATION:  But he bade this (namely, to act piously by punishing with exile).

POSITION: marg. Aa2, s.l. Ox2      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο δὲ om. Ox2   


Or. 900.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: μὴ θανεῖν  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 900.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας⟩: ἀποδιώκοντας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨φυγῇ⟩: ἐξορίᾳ  —XCrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ εν prep. Cr, καὶ prep. Ox   


Or. 900.14 (rec gloss) ⟨φυγῇ⟩: ἐν  —AaF2K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: κατακρίνοντας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.16 (thom gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: κολάζοντας  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,3


Or. 900.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: ὑστεροῦντας  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   An unexpected gloss; I find nothing in the dictionaries that suggests for ὑστερέω the meaning ‘disadvantaging’ or the like, and there is no other evidence for the existence of †ὑστερόω, which would suitably be transitive, but still of doubtful meaning.   


Or. 900.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὑμᾶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους ὑμᾶς  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμᾶς Zc   


Or. 900.20 (thom gloss) ⟨ζημιοῦντας⟩: ὑμᾶς  —ZlZmGuV3G

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 900.16 ZmGu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,4


Or. 900.21 (thom exeg) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: τὸ γὰρ Ὀρέστην καὶ Ἠλέκτραν λευσίμους γενέσθαι ἀσέβεια ἦν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  For it was impiety for Orestes and Electra to be stoned.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   most of Zl concealed in binding   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,5–6


Or. 900.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἄξιον κρίνειν ὅσον τὸ εἰς αὐτοὺς  —Aa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Show piety’ means) ‘consider appropriate as far as concerns them’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 900.23 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: δικαιοῦν  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   An ad hoc gloss, flattening εὐσεβεῖν as if it could be paraphrased with δικαιοῦν, ‘castigate, punish’, reinforcing the sense of ζημιοῦντας.   


Or. 900.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: καθαροὺς εἶναι  —XXaXbXoT+YGGr

REF. SYMBOL: Y      POSITION: s.l. except marg. XaY; cont. from sch. 900.08 Gr (Xa began to do same, but stopped after κα)      

APP. CRIT.:   καθαρῶς app. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.228,5


License

Scholia on Orestes 801–900 Copyright © 2024 by Donald J. Mastronarde. All Rights Reserved.

Share This Book